SOCW 6311 WK 1 Assignment: Accessing Information About Evidence-Based Practices

  

SOCW 6311 WK 1 Assignment: Accessing Information About Evidence-Based Practices

Don't use plagiarized sources. Get Your Custom Essay on
SOCW 6311 WK 1 Assignment: Accessing Information About Evidence-Based Practices
Just from $13/Page
Order Essay

The first steps toward narrowing the gap between research and practice are recognizing that one exists and educating oneself and others. Social workers must realize the benefits and eliminate the misconceptions surrounding evidence-based practice. In the Bradley episode featured in the resources, the social worker combines her assessment of Tiffani Bradley’s individual situation with her knowledge of research to evaluate her supervisor’s recommended intervention. Now that the social worker has recognized a gap, she/he/they need to access potentially relevant information for a specific case and critically analyze for its applicability to that case. This week’s Assignment allows you to practice these critical next steps in the Bradley family case.

READ VERY IMPORTANT To prepare for this Assignment, review Episode 4 of the Bradley family case study. Develop a list with 2–3 researchable questions that you could use to find evidence about the efficacy of 12-step programs or other treatments for substance abuse in adolescents. Then, using the resources provided, search for two evidence-based interventions that would be appropriate for Tiffani Bradley. Be sure to consider quality of research, readiness for dissemination, replications, and costs.

Bradley family case study transcript attached 

Submit a 2- to 3-page paper that includes the following:

Summaries of the two interventions and their respective research regarding effectiveness

Recommendations for Tiffani’s social worker that address the following:

Factors to consider when choosing between the two interventions

The social work skills that the staff would require to implement the intervention

The training required to implement each intervention

An evaluation of evidenced-based practice based on your reaction to the experience, in which you address the following questions:

Would you, as a beginning researcher, have enough knowledge to benefit from researching evidence-based practices? Why or why not?

How might the research that you conducted increase your confidence in the intervention with Tiffani?

Is the information provided enough to make a decision regarding interventions? Why or why not?

Appropriate APA citations in your writing 7th addition and full references

Resources

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2018). Evidence-based practice resource center.

https://www.samhsa.gov/resource-search/ebp

 

The California Evidence-based Clearinghouse for Child Welfare. (2018). Program registry.  Retrieved from http://www.

https://www.cebc4cw.org/home/

 

National Association of Social workers.(n.d.). Evidence-based practice. Retrieved from

https://www.socialworkers.org/News/Research-Data/Social-Work-Policy-Research/Evidence-Based-Practice

 

Bradley Family Episode 4

Bradley Family Episode 4
Program Transcript

FEMALE SPEAKER: I know it’s here somewhere. I was just looking at it. Ah.
Here it is. Tiffany says that over the last several years she’s used crack, meth,
oxy, marijuana. Here. The list goes on.

FEMALE SPEAKER: Well, is she attending NA yet?

FEMALE SPEAKER: I’ve been hesitant to have her do that.

FEMALE SPEAKER: Why?

FEMALE SPEAKER: Well, she already has her hands full. Three rests in two
years, emotional and physical abuse growing up, and she still isn’t free of her
pimp. It’s just a lot to ask of her to also start going to NA, especially since we
really don’t know how effective those 12-step programs really are.

FEMALE SPEAKER: What do you mean?

FEMALE SPEAKER: I don’t know if I’ve seen any research to support it. Have
you?

FEMALE SPEAKER: You have to be kidding. 12-step programs are the gold
standard.

FEMALE SPEAKER: But the research–

FEMALE SPEAKER: Look at the drugs she’s been abusing. You’re telling me this
doesn’t make her a candidate for the primary approach for treating addiction?
You can supplement it with other approaches, but the 12-step program is the
foundation for everything else.

FEMALE SPEAKER: I don’t agree. I think some of this depends on the client.
And in Tiffany’s case, the research–

FEMALE SPEAKER: No. You’re not hearing me. Research and practice are two
very different things. I think you should get Tiffany into NA. And do it soon.

Bradley Family Episode 4
Additional Content Attribution

MUSIC:
Music by Clean Cuts

©2013 Laureate Education, Inc. 1

Bradley Family Episode 4

Original Art and Photography Provided By:
Brian Kline and Nico Danks

©2013 Laureate Education, Inc. 2

Introductory Principles
of Social Work Research

Bruce A. Thyer

The scientific approach to unsolved problems is the only one which contains any
hope of learning to deal with the unknown.

A
-Bertha Capen Reyno lds (1942, p . 20)

n emphasis on the value of scientific research has always characterized
professional social work education and practice. Indeed, this emphasis is
one of the hallmarks that distinguishes genuinely “professional” services
from other forms of private/public philanthropy and charity and the
provision of social care motivated by religious, familial, altruistic, or

philosophical reasons. In the history of social work in )Jorth America and
Great Britain, as well as in other European nations, the system of poor laws and other rel-
atively unsystematic attempts to care for the destitute gave rise during the latter part of
the 19th century to an orientation labeled scientific philanthropy. Coincident with the
emergence of “friendly visiting;’ settlement houses, formalized academic train ing, and
ot her prec ursors to the professionalization of social work, the development of charitable
se rvices gui ded h y a sc ienti fic orienta ti o n has evolved to the present day.

Social work historian John Graham provides a good case study o n a To ronto charity
hom e for women called The Haven, established in 1878 by re li gio us elites, that gra dually
made Lhe tra nsition Lo a rn o re secularl y o riented and p rofess ional service. Gr aham (l.992)
describes the completion of this tra nsition in 1927 ::is follows:

Profess ional social work, therefore, had been firm ly installed at The Haven, and the
last vestiges of the benevolent philanthropy of the nineteenth century were aban-
doned. A growing sense of professional identity moreover demanded a strict delin-
eation bet.ween the social worker and the social agency volunteer. Differentiating the
former from the latter was a scientific knowledge base and specialized skills which
were the social worker’s alone. (p. 304, italics added)

Such a transition can be said to characterize the. majority of social work programs across
orth America by the early part of the 20th century. Currently, one widely used definition

of social work can be found in The Social Work Dictionary published by the N’ational
Association of Social Workers- “the applied science of helping people achieve an effective

2 THE HANDBOOK OF S OCIAL WORK R ESEARCH M ETHODS

le\rel of psychosocial function and effecting societal changes to enhance the well-being of
all people” (Ril rker, 2003, p. 408, italics added). Many states further defme the practice of
clinical social work, and Florida’s definition provides a representative examp le of the inter-
connec tedness of social work and science: “The ‘ practice of clinical social work’ is defined
as the use of scientific and applied knowledge, theories and methods for the purp oses of
describing, preventing, evaluating, and treating, indiv idual, couple, fa mi ly o r gro up behav-
ior ” (Florida Departmen L of Hea.lth, 2008, ita lics added) . These definitions illustrate the
close lin kage between the practice of social work and the world of scientific inquiry.

\’\’here do we social workers come from organizationally? V\lc have many roots, but a
central one was the establishment in 1865 of the American SocjaJ Science Association
(ASSA), a generalist organization influenced by French sociologist Auguste Com te’s then
novel philosophy of science labeled positivism, which called for the objective study of
human society and behav io r using the same tools of scientific inquiry that were proving
so successful in the biological and physical scie nces. rrom the ASSA sprouted numerous
o ffs hoots, some of which thrive to this day, although the parent g roup crumbled in 1909.
from the ASSA, in 1879, eme rged the Co nfe rence of Charities, which in 1.881 evolved into
the Nat ional Conference of Charities and Correction (NCCC), described as “a forum for
the communication of the ideas and values co nnccLcd with scientific char ity” (Germain,
1970, p. 9). In turn, the NCCC was renamed the Na tional Conference on Social Work in
19 17. This label lasted until 1957, when it was altered to the National Conference on
Social Welfare, which gradually expired during the 1980s.

More recently, in 1994, a small group of social workers led by Janet B. W. Williams estab-
lished a new scientifically oriented social work membership organization known as the
Society for Social Work and Research (SSWR). AIJ social workers with a n interest in scien-
tific research in social wo rk are eligible to join. T he SSWR quickly grew from 27 1 members
in 1995 to more than 1,300 in 2009, and the organization has an active news letter and
program of annual in tern ational conferences. The first professional SSWR co nference was
held in 1995 in Washingto n, D.C., and has been followed annually since that time with very
successful and high-quality conferences (see www.sswr.org) . The SSWR conferences offer a
hos t of competitively reviewed symposia, papers, and posters; P.lcnary addresses by promi-
nent social work researchers; and an awards program that recognizes outstanding e..xamples
of recen tl y published social work research. Because of its superb organization and the top
quality of its presentations, the SSWR conference has rapidly become Lhe preferred venu e
for social work researchers to present their research findings. Moreover, it has become the
conference ol choice for schools of social work to seek interviews w it h potential new faculty
and fo r potential new faculty to seek academ ic positions. In 1999, lhc SSWR began provid-
ing its members a subscription to Lhc bimon thly peer-reviewed journal Research on Social
Work Practice, an in dependen t periodical established in 1991. This grow th of the SSWR
augurs well for the continuing voice of science within mainstream social work.

A related bu t independent development was the establishment of the Institute for the
Advancemc11l of Social Work Research (IASWR) in 1993. The mission of the IASWR is to
create infrasrructure for social work research, to lead advocacy efforts to fund social work
research, to help stakeholders view social work research as valuable, to provide training
and professional development programs for social work researchers, to persuade social
workers to undertake careers in research, to provide a free Web-based research-focused
newsletter, and to promote disc ip l.in ary and inte rdisciplinary resea rch collaboration . Pive
nalional pro fess io nal social work organizations contributed to the developrncn l o f the
IASWR and are represented on its governing board. Its origi nal p urpose of advocating for
the establishment of a federally funded Na 1ional Center for Social Work Research failed in
the face of fiscal austerity, bu t the IASWR has expanded its remit as described above (see
http://ww\>v.iaswresearch.org/) .

(MAPTER l • INTRODUCTORY PRI N CI PLES OF SOCIAL W ORK RESEARCH 3

Anolhcr organizalional reso urce for social work research is the Social Work Topical
Interest Group (TIG) found within the American Evaluation Association (AEA) . The
AEA has about 5,000 members, and several hundred of these comprise the social work
TIC. The AEA holds an annual conference as well as regional ones, has an active journals
program, and provides training and consultation services, and its Web site has a wealth of
useful resources (e.g., locating measurement instruments, how to locate an evaluator; see
hup://www.cval.org/aboutus/organization/aboutus.asp).

The National Association of Social Workers is the largest professional social work
group in the world, with about 150,000 members. Almost aJJ are M.S.W. and B.S.W.-lcvcl
trained professionals, and the organization primarily serves Lhc needs of ils practitioner
member base, not those of social work research ers. The NASW does not host an annual
conference but does have one research journal, Social Work Research J\ new initia tive is a
social wo rk resea rch Well page (see www.socialworkers.org/research/), cosponsored with
the IASWR, which is itself ostensibly independent but is actual1y h oused within the
NJ\SW offices in Washinglon, D.C.

Social work resea rchers also find welcoming organizational suppo rt from various dis-
ciplinary (e.g., American Psychological Association, American Sociological Associatio n,
Associa li on for Behavior Anal ysis) and in terdisciplinary (e.g., Am erican P ublic Health
Association, Associatio n fo r Advancement of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies,
American Orthopsychiatric Association, the Gerontological Society of America) groups.
These groups typically have thriving annual conferences, a wcll-cslablished journals
program, and training opportunities social workers can take advantage of. Thus, both
budding and experienced social workers have ample opporlunities to network with
research -oriented colleagues both within and oulsidc of lhe discipline.

Scientific Perspectives on Practice

The role of scientific research in social welfare can be seen through many early writings,
including a11 article titled “Scientific Charity,” presented at the 1889 meeting of the NCCC
(cited in Germain, 1970, p. 8), and one titled “A Scientific Basis for Charity” (Wayl and,
1894), which appeared in the influential journal The Cha.rities Review. Such perspectives
cu lmi n ated in the publication of Richmond’s (1917) Social Diagnosis, an influenLial text
that wholeheartedly extolled the virtues of positivist science. lndeed, in 1921, Richmond
received an honorary M.A. degree from Smith College for “esLablishing th e scientific basis
of a new profession” (cited in Germain, l 970, p. J 2).

The possible examples of conference talks, journaJ articles, chapters, and books illus-
trating the central reliance on scientific research as a guiding force within early social work
arc roo numerous to mention further here. Germain (1970) remains one of the very best
reviews of this “ancient” history of our profession. More recent is the history of the Social
Work Research Group (SWRG), a short-lived professional membership organ ization
established in 1949 that became one of the original seven constituents of the l\’ational
Association of Social Workers (NASW) in 1955, transmogrifying itself into the NASW’s
Research Section. In 1963, this became the NASW’s Council on Social Work Research,
where it gradually faded from v iew by the mid-1960s as the NASW allowed the research
mission established in its bylaws to Largely lapse. Graham, Al-Krenawi, and J3radshaw
(2000) have prepared an excellent historical study of the rise and demise of the SWRG.

Coinciden t with these organizational and policy developments related to the integra-
tion of science and social work during the past quarter century have been t hree related
perspectives on practice. The first is known as empirical clinica.l practice (ECP), the second

4 THE HANDBOOK OF SOCIA i WORK RFSFARCH MFTHOr>S

is called empirically supported treatments (ESTs), and the third is labeled evidence-based
practice (F.BP ). Th ese are reviewed briefly in turn.

Empirical Clinical Practice

Empirical clinical practice was the name of a book authored by social workers Siri
Jayaratne and Rona Levy (1979), who describe the characteristics of the ECP model they
espouse: “Empirical practice is conducted by clinicians who strive Lo measure and
demonstrate the effect of their clin ical practice by adapting traditional experimental
research techniques to clinical practice” (p. xiii). The authors focus on teaching social
workers the use of relatively simple research methods ca lled single-system research
designs to empirically evaluate the outcomes of their work. l’hey be lieve t hat “clinical
practice that can empirically demonstrate its effect prov ides the basis for the best service
to the client” (p. xiv). They contended that ECP ca n be ::idopted by p ractitioners using vir-
tually any theoretical model of practice so long as it is possib le to measure changes in the
client, re late t·hese changes (provis ionally) Lo soc ial work inle rvc nlion , and Lhen base
future services on these observations. The auth ors advoca te that social workers should
rely on previo us research to help guide their cho ices of interve11tions that they offer
clients. In their words, “The clinician would first be inte rested in us in g a n in terventi on
strategy that has been successful in the past . . .. When established techniques are avail –
able, they should be used, but they should be based on objective evaluation rather than
subjective feelin g” (p. 7) . ECP involves the careful and repeated measure of client func-
tioning, using reliable and valid measures repeated over time, combined with selected
treatments based on the best available scientific evidence. Their entire book is devoted to
describing how to do these activities. A similar social work text by Wodarski ( 1981 ), titled
The Role of Research in Clinical Practice, advocated for much the sa m e thing- a preference
to make use of psychosocial treatments that scientific research had really demonstrated to
be of benefit to clients, measuring client functioning in reliable an

The banner of ECP was picked up by a number of subsequent social workers, and a
rather large (a nd not uncontroversial ) literalure has grown around Lhese nolions (e.g.,
Corcoran, 1985; Ivanoff, Blythe, & .8riar, 1987; Ivanoff, H.obinson, & Blythe, 1987;
G. MacDonald, 1994; Thyer, 1996). The influence of ECP has not been inconsiderable. For
example, in 1982, just 3 years fol lowin g the publicalion of F.mpirical Clinical Practice
(Jayaratne & Levy, 1979) , the curriculum policy statement of the Co un ci l on Social Work
Ed ucation (CSWE, 1982) included a new mandate Lh a l research co urses musl now Leach
“designs for the systematic evaluation of the student’s ow n practice . . . [and should] pre-
pare them systematically to evaluate their own practice and co ntr ibute to the generation
of knowledge for practice” (pp. 10- 11). Similar sta ndards still ca n be found in the curren t
CSWE guidel ines. Insistin g that individual practi tio ners co ndu cl systema tic outcome
evaluations of their own services was a remarkable professional standard, one that has not
ycl bee11 cm ul a lcd by educational and practice guidelines wiLhin clinical psychology o r
psychiatry in the present day. Reid ( 1994) provides a ni ce overview of the rise, influence,
an d dissemjnation of the ECP movement.

Empirically Supported Treatments
Subscquenl lo Lhc ECP movement within social work, a rclaled iniLiaLive developed
within clinical psychology called empirically validated treatments. During the mid – l 990s,
the president of Section lll (Society for a Science of Clinical Psychology) of Division 12

CHAPTCR 1 • IN l ROOUtTORY P RI NCIPLES OF S OCIAL W ORK R ESEARCH 5

(Clinical Psychology) of the American Psychological Association convened a Task Force
on Promotion and Dissemination of Psychological Procedures, a gro up charged with two
functions: (a) develop a scientifically defen sible set of criteria that can be used to deter-
mine whether a given psychological technique ca n be called empirically va lida ted and
( b) cond uct co mprehensive reviews of the research literature, apply these cr iter ia, a nd
come up with, in effec t, lists of psychological procedures that fulfill these criteria
and, therefore, can be co nsidered, in a scientific sense, empirically validated.

Th e evid enti ary sta ndards ultimately decided o n by the task force were actually rather
modest, consisting of the following criteria:

I. At least two good between-group design experiments demonstrating efficacy in one
or mo re of the following ways:

A. Superior to pill or psychological placebo or to another treatment
B. Equivalent LO an already established treatment in experiments with adequate

statistical power

II. A large ser ies of single-case design expe rim en ts ( N > 9) demonstratin g efficacy that
must have done the following:

A Used good experimental designs
B. Compared the intervention to another treatment (as in I.A. )

Among the further criteria are that the psychological techniques must be based on
well-proceduralized treatmenL manuals, that the characteristics of the client sam ples are
clearly defined, and th at the positive effects must have been demon strated by at least two
different inves tigators or investigatory teams. A psychological treatment m eeting the
preceding criteria co uld be said to be well established. A som ewhat less stringent set of cr i-
teria could be followed to potentially label a treat ment as probably efficacious (Chambless
et al. , 1996).

With the criteria in place, the task force busily got to work in seeing which psycholog-
ical treatments co uld be labeled empirically validated and probably efficacious, and reports
soon began appearing indicating empirically validated inLerventions for a wide array of
psychosocial disorders such as depression, panic disorder, pain, and schizophre nia. As
with the ECP movement within social work, the task force within psychology did not
escape controversy. For one thing, the task force recognized that labeling a treatm ent as
empirically validaled see med to close the discussio n off, implying perhaps a stronger level
of research evidence than was justified. Subseq uent reports of the task force used lhe
more t empered language of empirically supporled lreatments (ESTs) . Entire issues oflead-
ing professional journals (i.e., a 1996 issue of Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, a
1998 issue of the Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, a 1998 issue of
Psychotherapy Research) were devoted to the topic, as were considerable independent lit-
eratures (e.g., Sanderson & Woody, 1995). The influence of the EST movem ent also has
been strong, and the work of the Division 12 task fo rce was commented on extrem ely
favorably in Mental Health: A Report of the Surgeon General (Hatcher, 2000). The volume
titled A Guide lo Treatments That Work (Natha n & Go rman, 2007), now in its third edi-
tion, i.s an exemp lary resource for social workers seeking relatively current information
about empirically sup ported treatments for a wide va ri ety of m ental hea lth prob lems.
Division 12, Sec.:Lion HT (The Society for a Science of Clinical Psychology) co ntinues its
work in defining the cr iteria and language used to describe empirically suppo rted treat-
ments and maintains a Web site providing curre nt information on this influential initia-
tive (see http://www.psychology.sunysb.edu/eklonsky-/divisionl2/index.html).

6 Tll E HAIWBOOK OF S OCIAL W ORK R ES EARCH METHODS

Evidence-Based Practice
Coinc ident with the EST initiatives in clinical psychology have b een related activities in
med ic ine labeled evidence-based practice, defined as “the conscientious, explicit, and judi-
ciou s use of the current best evidence in making decisions about the care of individual
patients” (Sackett, Richardson, Rosenberg, & Haynes, 1997, p. 2). On its face, EBP would
not seem to be a radical notion, and indeed, most readers would ass ume that such a sta n-
dard already was in place in most of the hea Ith professions. St’td ly, to a great extent, this is
not the case, altho ugh a small but in fluen tit’tl grou p of health care providers is attempting
to make it so. EBP and EST actually are much more sophisticated var iants of th e earlier
ECP model of social work, but the spirit and intent of all three movements ECP (devel-
oped within social work), EST (developed within psychology), and EBP (developed
within medicine)-are the same. EBP is gradually supplanting the ECP and EST initia-
tives within social work and psychology. The current president of the Society for the
Science of Clinical Psychology (a section of Division 12 of the Amer ican Psychological
Association) pub lished an edito rial titled “Evidence-Based Psychoth erapy: A Graduate
Course Proposal” (Persons, 1999 ), and some social workers have begun using the EBP
language, most notably Gambrill (1999) w ith her thoughtful arLicle titled “Evidence-
Based Practice: An Alternative to Authority-Based Practice,” which introduced El3P to the
socia l work literature. The past decade has seen the publication of enough social work
books on the EBP topic to fill a bookshelf. The melding of these disciplinary perspectives
i11lo an interdisciplinary human services movemen t generically ca lled evidence-based prac-
tice seems likely. Consider Perso ns’s ( J 999) description of EBP:

T he evidence- based practitioner:

• Provides informed consent for treatment
• Relies on the efficacy data (especially from RCTs [randomized cl inical trials]) when

recomm ending and selecting and carrying out treatm ents
• Uses the empirical literature Lo gu ide decision-m aking
• Uses a systematic, hypothesis -testing approach to the treatment of each case:

o Begins with careful assessment
o Sets dear and measurable goals
o Develops and individualized fo rmulation and a treatment plan based on the

formulation
o Monitors progress toward the goals frequently and mod ifies or ends treatment

as needed (p. 2)

WeU, perhaps Jayaralne and Levy ( 1979) were simply two decades al1cad of their time. An
issue of the NASW News contained an article on the Surgeon General’s Report on Mental
Health and noted, “A challenge in the near term is to speed transfer of new evidence-based
treatments and prevenlion interventions into diverse service delivery settings and systems”
(O’ Neill, 2000, p. 6, italics added ). The Surgeon General’s repo rt itself states clearly,

Responding to th e calls of managed menta l health and behavioral heaJth ca re sys-
Lcms for evidence-based interventions will have a much needed and discernable
impact on practice …. It is essential to expand the supply of effective, evidence-
based services throughout the nation. (Hatcher, 2000, chap. 8, p. 453 )

EBP requires knowin g what helps socia l work clients and what does not help them.
It requires being able Lo distinguish b etween unverified opin-io ns a bout p sychosocial

CHAPTER l • I NTRODUCTORY P RINCIPLES OF SO CIAL WORK RESEARCH 7

interventions and facts about their effectiveness. And separa ting facts from fictions is
what science is prelly good at doing. Jot perfectly, and not without false starts, but the
publicly verifiable and potentially testable conclusion s of scientific research render this
form of knowledge buil ding an inherently self-correctin g one (in the long nm), a con-
siderable advan Lagc over o ther “ways of knowing.”

EBP differs from its precursor initiatives in that it does not tell socia l workers what
interven tions should be provided to clients. TL d oes not list so -called best practices, create
practice guidel ines, or develop lists of supposedly emp irically based treatments. Nor docs
it unduly privilege certain forms of evidence above all others. Each of the above three sen –
tences represents commo n misconceptions of EB P. EBP is actually a process of inquiry
offered to practitioners, described for physicians in Straus, Richardson, Galsziou, and
Haynes (2005), but readily adaptable to providers in all of the h uman service professions.
These steps are as follows (from Straus ct al., 2005, pp. 3-4) :

Step l: converting th e need for information (abou t prevention, diagnosis, prognosis,
therapy, causa tion, etc.) in to an answerable qucs Lion.

Step 2: tracking down Lhe besl evidence with which to answer that question.

Step 3: critically appraising that evidence for its validity (closeness to the truth),
impact (size of the effect), and applicability (usefulness in our clinical practice) .

Step 4: integrating the critical appraisal with our clinical expertise and wil11 our
patient’s unique biology, values, and circumstances.

Step 5: Evaluating our effectiveness and efficiency in executing steps 1-4 and seeking
ways to im prove them b oth for next time.

Each chapter in Straus et al. (2005) addresses on.e of these steps, and they have been
adapted for use by soc ial workers in an exce ll ent series of entries appearing in 171e Social
Worker’s Desk Reference (see Roberts, 2009, pp. 1115-1182). EBP states that social workers
need to be familiar with the best available evidence addressing the questions related to
client services and to their particular practice situation and to integrate their appraisal of
this information into an assessment of their own skills, the client’s preferences, relevant
professional and personal val ues and ethical standards, cost, feasibility, and resources . All
of these factors a re rcleva n L, no t just what the research evidence indicates. And by best
evidence, what is meant is not so-called gold-standard st udies such as randomi zed con-
trolled trials or meta -analyses (see later chapters on Lh esc LOpics in thi s book) but simply
t he best available relevan t ev idence. If there are no stud ies of superlative quality, then you
locate and assess those of lesser quality. Lots of evidence can go in to th e mix, including
quasi-experimental studies, single-subject studies, corrclational studies, descriptive work,
epidemiological evidence, qualitative investigations, case h istories, theory, and infom1ed
clinical opinion. There is always evidence for a social worker to consult, even if it is nol
evidence of the highest quality. As with ECP, EBP also encourages practitioners to evalu-
ate the outcomes of their work with individual cl ients using a research methodology
called si ngle-subject designs .

Another option is for social workers to co nsu lt systematic reviews (SRs) of the research
evidence related to various answerable que~tions invo lving assessment and interven tive
meth ods. The two gro ups most responsible for preparing high-quality and independent
SRs are called the Cochrane Collaboration (sec www.cochrane.o rg), focusing on issues
related to health care, and the Campbell Co ll aboration (see www.campbellcollaboration
.org), focusing on social welfare, education, and criminal justice. SRs are prepared by

8 THt HAN DBOOK OF SOC IAL W ORK RtSEARCH M El HODS

qualified research teams who obtain articles and reports from all over the world dealing
with a specific issue. These reports are minutely analyzed and critiqued and the collected
information surrunar ized in a readable format, with a take-away .message something like
Treatment Xis well-supported as an effective treatment for clients with Problem Y; The avail-
able evidence indicates that Treatment X is ineffective in helping clien ts with Problem Y;
Clients with Problem Y who receive Treatment X demonstrated impaired outcomes, com –
pared to clients who receive no treatment. You can see hmV” this information would be of
immense value to social workers. Here is a sampling of SRs currently available on the
Cochrane database that is of relevance to social workers:

• Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder in
children and adolescents

• Family intervention for bipolar disorder
• Family therapy for depression
• Psychological debriefing for preventing posttraurnatic stress disorder
• Psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa and binging
• Short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for common mental disorders

And here are some fonnd on the Campbell Collaboration Web site:

• Cognitive-behavioral therapy for men who physically a buse their partner
• Cognitive-behavioral intervention for children who have been sexually abused
• Interventions intended to reduce pregnancy-related outcomes among adolescents
• School-based educational programs for the prevention of childhood sexual abuse
• Work programs for welfare recipients

These systematic reviews represent the highest quality and up -to-date critical appraisals
of the existing research literature addressing particular psychosocial and health problems
e:>..’})erienced by social work clients. They are a wonderful resource for practitioners seeking
such information and are integral to the conduct of evidence-based practice.

To sum marize, ECP suggested that social work treatment should be chosen based on
support via randomized controlled studies and that social workers need to evaluate the
outcomes of their practice with clients using single-system research designs. The EST ini-
tiative came up with a list of evidentiary criteria needed to label a given treatmen t as
“empirically supported.” Once these criteria were in hand, lists of psychosocial interven-
t ions meeting these standards were published. RBP provides more of a process to guide
clinical and practice decision making, which explicitly embraces evidence from many
sources (albeit urging one to pay particular attention to evidence of the highest quality)
and explicitly includes nonscientific considerations such as client preferences and values
into this decision -making process. In many ways, EBP is a more sophisticated and mature
conceptualization of the conduct of practice than ECP and EST, and these latter two in i-
tiatives largely have been subsurn.ed by EBP.

On Terms

The preceding brief overview helps to bring us to the present, wherein social work is
attempting to really implement our original aspirations pcrtainiillg to being based on a
foundation of scientific research. As in most intellectual undertakings, it always is helpful

 

 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

In recent years, there has been increased pressure from funding agencies and 

federal, state and local governments for greater effectiveness and accountability 

of  prevention  and  intervention  programs.  This  rising  demand  for  program 

quality, and evidence of that quality, has fueled a growing interest in evidence‐

based  programs  (EBPs).  However,  there  remains  some  confusion  about  what 

constitutes an EBP, whether some EBPs are better than others, and the advantages 

and  disadvantages  of  implementing  EBPs.  In  this  Research  to  Practice  brief,  we 

provide an overview of what it means for a program to be evidence‐based, discuss 

the advantages and disadvantages of  implementing EBPs, and point readers  in  the 

direction of resources to help locate these programs and learn more about them. 

 
 

What are evidence‐based programs? 
A growing body of research in the social and behavioral sciences has demonstrated that 

certain approaches and strategies for working with youth and their families can positively 

impact important social problems such as delinquency, teen pregnancy, substance abuse and 

family violence. Many of these effective approaches and strategies have been packaged into 

programs targeting outcomes specific to individuals, schools, families, and communities.  

 

Those programs that have been found to be effective based on the results of rigorous evaluations 

are often called “evidence‐based.”  

 

WHAT WORKS, WISCONSIN – RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES 

Evidence‐based programs:  

An overview

ISSUE #6, OCTOBER 2007 

BY SIOBHAN M. COONEY, MARY HUSER,  

STEPHEN SMALL, AND CAILIN O’CONNOR 

University of Wisconsin–Madison and University of Wisconsin–Extension 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview  2 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

The importance of rigorous evaluation 
A  rigorous  evaluation  typically  involves  either  an 

experimental  design  (like  that  used  in  randomized 

controlled  trials)  or  a  quasi‐experimental  design.  In  an 

experimental design, people are randomly assigned to either 

the treatment group, which participates in the program, or 

the  control  group,  which  does  not.  After  the  program  is 

completed,  the  outcomes  of  these  two  groups  are 

compared. This type of research design helps ensure that 

any  observed  differences  in  outcomes  between  the  two 

groups are the result of the program and not other factors.  

 

Given  that randomization  is not always possible, a quasi‐

experimental design is sometimes used. In evaluations using 

this  design,  the  program  participants  are  compared  to  a 

group  of  people  similar  in  many  ways  to  the  program 

participants.  However,  because  a  quasi‐experimental 

design does not randomly assign participants to program 

and non‐program groups, it is not as strong a design as the 

experimental approach. Because there may be unobserved 

differences  between  the  two  groups  of  people  who  are 

being  compared,  this  design  does  not  allow  program 

evaluators  to  conclude  with  the  same  certainty  that  the 

program itself was responsible for the impacts observed. 

 

Most  programs  have  evaluation  evidence  from  less 

rigorous studies. Evaluations that do not include any type 

of  comparison  group,  for  example,  do  not  allow  for  any 

conclusions to be made about whether the changes seen in 

program  participants  are  related  to  or  caused  by  the 

program.  These  studies  sometimes  show  the  promise  of 

positive results, but they do not allow the program to be 

classified as evidence‐based. Programs with evidence from 

less rigorous studies are often referred  to as “promising” 

programs. 

An important element of EBPs is that they have 

been  evaluated  rigorously  in  experimental  or 

quasi‐experimental  studies  (see  box  on  this 

page).  

 

Not  only  are  the  results  of  these  evaluations 

important,  but  it  is  also  essential  that  the 

evaluations  themselves have been subjected  to 

critical peer review. That is, experts in the field 

–  not  just  the  people  who  developed  and 

evaluated  the  program  –  have  examined  the 

evaluation’s  methods  and  agreed  with  its 

conclusions about  the program’s effects. Thus, 

EBPs often have evaluation findings published 

in peer‐reviewed scientific journals. 

 

When a program has sufficient peer‐

reviewed,  empirical  evidence  for  its 

effectiveness,  its  developer  will  typi‐

cally  submit  it  to  certain  federal 

agencies  and  respected  research 

organizations for consideration. These 

organizations  “certify”  or  “endorse” 

programs by  including  them  in  their 

official  lists  of  effective  programs. 

This lets others in the field know the 

program  meets  certain  standards  of 

effectiveness.  (See  Appendix  A  for 

examples of these organizations.) 

 

Simply put, a program is judged to be 

evidence‐based  if  (a)  evaluation  re‐

search  shows  that  the  program  pro‐

duces  the  expected  positive  results; 

(b) the results can be attributed to the 

program  itself,  rather  than  to  other 

extraneous  factors  or  events;  (c)  the 

evaluation  is  peer‐reviewed  by 

experts  in  the  field;  and  (d)  the 

program  is  “endorsed”  by  a  federal 

agency  or  respected  research 

organization and included in their list 

of effective programs. 

 

Given  this definition of an EBP,  it  is 

important  to  distinguish  the  term 

“evidence‐based”  from  “research‐

based.”  Consider  our  earlier 

description  of  how  most,  if  not  all, 

EBPs were developed based on years 

of scientific research on what program 

components,  such  as  content  and 

activities, are likely to work for youth 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview  3 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

and  families.  Because  EBPs  contain  program 

components with solid empirical bases, they can 

safely  be  called  “research‐based”  programs. 

However,  the  reverse  is  not  true.  Not  all,  or 

even  the majority, of research‐based programs 

fit  the  definition  of  an  EBP.  Just  because  a 

program contains research‐based content or was 

guided  by  research‐based  information,  doesn’t 

mean it has been proven effective. Unless it also 

has  scientific  evidence  that  it  works,  it  is 

incorrect to call it “evidence‐based.”
 

 

Are some evidence‐based 

programs better than others? 
Programs that meet the definition of evidence‐

based are not all similarly effective or equally 

likely to work in a given community. 

 

For  example,  some  EBPs  have  been  evaluated 

rigorously in several large‐scale evaluations that 

follow  participants  for  a  long  period  of  time. 

Others  have  only  undergone  one  or  two  less 

rigorous evaluations  (for example,  those using 

the  quasi‐experimental  design  described  on 

page 2). Those programs that are shown to be 

effective multiple times in experimental studies 

are  generally  considered  to  be  of  a  higher 

standard.  

 

Furthermore,  many  EBPs  have  been 

successfully  replicated  and  evaluated  in  a 

variety  of  settings  with  a  range  of  different 

audiences.  Others  have  only  been  evaluated 

with  a  particular  audience  in  a  certain 

geographical  area,  for  example.  When  a 

program  has  been  shown  to  be  effective  in 

different settings and with different audiences, 

it  is more  likely  that  it  will be effective when 

implemented elsewhere.  

 

Finally, EBPs can vary  in  the strength of  their 

effects.  For  example,  one  program  may  have 

evidence  that  it  reduces  delinquent  acts  in  its 

participants by 10 percent over the subsequent 

year,  while  another  program  has  evidence  of 

reducing  delinquency  by  20  or  25  percent. 

Generally, those programs that consistently pro‐

duce  a  greater  effect  than  other  programs  are 

thought to be better programs.  

 

Thus,  the  level  of  evidence  for  effectiveness 

varies across programs, and practitioners must 

use  a  critical  eye  when  judging  where  on  the 

continuum of effectiveness a program lies.  

 
 

Advantages of evidence‐based 

programs 
There  are  numerous  merits  to  adopting  and 

implementing EBPs. First, utilizing an EBP  in‐

creases the odds that the program will work as 

intended  and  that  the  public  good  will  be 

enhanced.  There  is  also  greater  efficiency  in 

using limited resources on what has been proven 

to work as compared to what people think will 

work  or  what  has  traditionally  been  done. 

Instead  of  putting  resources  toward  program 

development, organizations can select from the 

growing  number  of  EBPs,  which  are  not  only 

known to be effective but also often offer well‐

packaged program materials, staff training, and 

technical  assistance.  Using  EBPs  where 

appropriate can thus be viewed as a responsible 

and thoughtful use of limited resources.  

 

The  proven  effectiveness  that  underlies  EBPs 

can  help  secure  resources  and  support  from 

funding agencies and other stakeholders, such 

as  policy  makers,  community  leaders,  and 

members  of  the  targeted  population. 

Increasingly,  funders  and  policy  makers  are 

recommending,  if  not  requiring,  that  EBPs  be 

used  to  qualify  for  their  financial  support. 

Additionally, the demonstrated effectiveness of 

these programs can facilitate community buy‐in 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview  4 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

and  the recruitment and retention of program 

participants.  

 

A  final benefit of EBPs  is  that  they may have 

cost‐benefit  information available. This type of 

information helps  to convey  the potential eco‐

nomic savings that can accrue when funds are 

invested in a program. Cost‐benefit information 

can  be  very  influential  in  an  era  where 

accountability and economic factors often drive 

public policy and funding decisions. 

 
 

Disadvantages of evidence‐based 

programs 
Despite  the  numerous  advantages  of  EBPs, 

there are some limitations that are important to 

consider.  A  major  constraint  is  the  financial 

resources needed to adopt and implement them. 

Most  EBPs  are  developed,  copyrighted,  and 

sold  at  rather  substantial  costs.  Program 

designers  often  require  that  organizations 

purchase  curricula  and  other  specially 

developed program materials,  that staff attend 

specialized  training,  and  that  program 

facilitators hold certain degrees or certifications. 

Furthermore, EBPs are often intended to be im‐

plemented  exactly  as  designed,  allowing  little 

room for local adaptation.  

 

Finally, organizations sometimes find that there 

are few or no EBPs that are both well‐suited to 

meet  the  needs  of  targeted  audiences  and 

appropriate  for  their  organization  and  local 

community setting. This situation  is especially 

common  when  it  comes  to  the  promotion  of 

positive outcomes rather than the prevention of 

negative  ones.  Because  the  development  of 

many EBPs was sponsored by federal agencies 

concerned  with  addressing  specific  problems, 

such  as  substance  abuse,  mental  illness,  

 

violence,  or  delinquency,  there  currently  exist 

many  more  problem‐focused  EBPs  than  ones 

designed  specifically  to  promote  positive 

developmental outcomes like school success or 

social responsibility. 

 
 

Where to find evidence‐based 

programs 
Practitioners  looking  for an EBP  to  implement 

in  their community or  learn more about  these 

programs will find the Internet to be their most 

useful resource. As mentioned earlier, a number 

of  federal  agencies  and  respected  research 

organizations  “certify”  or  “endorse”  programs 

that meet the organizations’ specified standards 

for effectiveness. Many of  these agencies have 

established  on‐line  registries,  of  lists  of  EBPs 

that  they  have  identified  as  effective.  While 

there are some differences in the standards used 

by  various  organizations  to  assess  whether  a 

program should be endorsed and thus included 

on their registry, most share the primary criteria 

regarding  the  need  for  strong  empirical 

evidence of program effectiveness.  

 

Organizations that endorse EBPs typically limit 

such  endorsements,  and  thus  their  program 

registry, to those programs that have shown an 

impact  on  specific  outcomes  of  interest  to  the 

organization. For example, programs  listed on 

the Office of  Juvenile  Justice and Delinquency 

Prevention’s  Model  Programs  Guide  have  all 

been  shown  to  have  an  impact  on  juvenile 

delinquency  or  well‐known  precursors  to 

delinquency.  

 

As  previously  mentioned,  because  the 

development  of  many  EBPs  was  funded  by 

federal  agencies  focused  on  specific  problems, 

most  existing  registries  of  EBPs  are  problem‐

oriented.  Occasionally,  EBPs  are  categorized 

according  to a strengths‐based orientation and 

address  outcomes  related  to  positive  youth 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview  5 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

WHAT WORKS, WISCONSIN: RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES
 

This is one of a series of Research to Practice briefs prepared by the What Works, Wisconsin team at the 

University of Wisconsin–Madison, School of Human Ecology, and Cooperative Extension, University of 

Wisconsin–Extension. All of the briefs can be downloaded from http://whatworks.uwex.edu.  

 

This series expands upon ideas that are discussed in What Works, Wisconsin: What Science Tells Us about 

Cost‐Effective Programs for Juvenile Delinquency Prevention, which is also available for download at the 

web address above. 

 

This publication may be cited without permission provided the source is identified as: Cooney, S.M., 

Huser, M., Small, S., & O’Connor, C. (2007). Evidence‐based programs: An overview. What Works, 

Wisconsin Research to Practice Series, 6. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin–Madison/Extension. 

 

This project was supported, in part, by Grant Award No. JF‐04‐PO‐0025 awarded by the Wisconsin 

Office of Justice Assistance through the Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission with funds 

from the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. 

 
 
 

             

development,  academic  achievement,  school 

readiness and family strengthening. 

 

While registries of EBPs are usually organized 

around  the  particular  outcomes  the  programs 

have  been  found  to  impact,  many  programs, 

especially those focused on primary prevention, 

often  have  broader  effects  than  this  pattern 

would suggest. Many EBPs have been found to 

be effective for reducing multiple problems and 

promoting a number of positive outcomes. For 

example, a parenting program that successfully 

promotes effective parenting practices may not 

only  reduce  the  likelihood  of  particular 

problems such as drug abuse or aggression, but 

may  also  promote  a  variety  of  positive 

outcomes  like  academic  success  or  stronger 

parent‐child relationships. For this reason, you 

will  often  see  the  same  program  appear  on 

multiple registries that focus on different types 

of outcomes. 

 
 
 
 
 

Now,  more  than  ever,  practitioners  have 

available to them a wealth of EBPs that build on 

the  best  available  research  on  what  works. 

Unfortunately,  they  are  currently  underused 

and often not well‐understood. Although EBPs 

do have some limitations, they can contribute to 

a  comprehensive  approach  to  preventing  a 

range of social and health‐related problems and 

enhancing  the  well‐being  of  individuals, 

families and communities.  

 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview – Appendix A  6 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

Appendix A 

Evidence‐based program registries 
 

 

The following websites contain registries, or lists of evidence‐based programs, that have met specific criteria 

for effectiveness. Program registries are typically sponsored by federal agencies or other research organiza‐

tions that endorse programs at different rating levels based on evidence of effectiveness for certain participant 

outcomes. The registries listed below cover a range of areas including substance abuse and violence preven‐

tion as well as the promotion of positive outcomes such as school success and emotional and social compe‐

tence.  Generally,  registries  are  designed  to  be  used  for  finding  programs  for  implementation.  However, 

registries can also be used to learn about evidence‐based programs that may serve as models as organizations 

modify aspects of their own programs.  

 
 

Best Practices Registry for Suicide Prevention  

http://www.sprc.org/featured_resources/ebpp/index.asp 

This registry, developed by the Suicide Prevention Resource Center (SPRC) and the American Foundation for 

Suicide Prevention, includes two registries of evidence‐based programs. The first draws directly from a larger 

registry‐ that of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration’s (SAMHSA) National Registry of 

Evidence‐Based  Programs  and  Practices  (NREPP).  Users  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  programs 

drawn from this registry will be directed to the NREPP site. The second registry was developed by SPRC in 

2005 and lists Effective and Promising evidence‐based programs for suicide prevention. This portion has fact 

sheets in PDF format for users interested in learning more about the listed programs.   

 
 

Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence, Blueprints for Violence Prevention  

http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/blueprints/index.html 

This research center site provides information on model programs in its “Blueprints” section. Programs that 

meet a strict scientific standard of program effectiveness are listed. These model programs (Blueprints) have 

demonstrated  their  effectiveness  in  reducing  adolescent  violent  crime,  aggression,  delinquency,  and  sub‐

stance  abuse.  Other  programs  have  been  identified  as  promising  programs.  Endorsements  are  updated 

regularly, with programs added to and excluded from the registry based on new evaluation findings. 

 
 

The Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL) 

http://www.casel.org/programs/selecting.php 

The Safe and Sound report developed at CASEL lists school‐based programs that research has indicated are 

effective in promoting social and emotional learning in schools. This type of learning has been shown to con‐

tribute to positive youth development, academic achievement, healthy behaviors, and reductions in youth 

problem  behaviors.  Ratings  are  given  on  specific  criteria  for  all  programs  listed,  with  some  designated 

“Select” programs. This registry has not been updated since programs were reviewed in 2003. 

 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview – Appendix A  7 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

Exemplary and Promising Safe, Disciplined and Drug‐Free Schools Programs  

http://www.ed.gov/admins/lead/safety/exemplary01/index.html 

The Department of Education and the Expert Panel on Safe, Disciplined and Drug‐Free Schools identified 

nine exemplary and 33 promising programs for this 2001 report.  The report, which can be found at this site, 

provides descriptions and contact information for each program. The focus is on programs that can be imp‐

lemented in a school setting whether in the classroom, in extra‐curricular activities, or as after‐school pro‐

gramming.  

 
 

Helping America’s Youth 

http://guide.helpingamericasyouth.gov/programtool.cfm 

This registry is sponsored by the White House and was developed with the help of several federal agencies. 

Programs  focus  on a  range  of  youth  outcomes  such  as academic  achievement,  substance  use, and  delin‐

quency, and are categorized as Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 according to their demonstrated effectiveness. The 

registry can be searched with keywords or by risk or protective factor, and is updated regularly to incorpo‐

rate new evidence‐based programs. 

 
 

Northeast Center for the Application of Prevention Technology (CAPT) Database of Prevention Programs 

http://www.hhd.org/capt/search.asp  

This site features a simple or advanced search function to find substance abuse and other types of prevention 

programs and determine their effectiveness according to a variety of criteria. Also included is information 

about the sources those agencies used for their evaluations, contact information, websites, domains, relevant 

references, and a brief description of each program. 

 
 

Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) Model Programs Guide 

http://www.dsgonline.com/mpg2.5/mpg_index.htm 

The OJJDP Model Programs Guide is a user‐friendly, online portal to prevention and intervention programs 

that address a range of issues across the  juvenile  justice spectrum. The Guide now profiles more than 200 

programs – rated Exemplary, Effective, or Promising – and helps communities identify those that best suit 

their needs. Users can search the Guide’s database by program category, target population, risk and protec‐

tive factors, effectiveness rating, and other parameters. This registry is continuously updated and contains 

more programs than other well‐known registries, although many of these are Promising rather than Exem‐

plary or Effective. 

 
 

Promising Practices Network on Children, Families and Communities 

http://www.promisingpractices.net/programs.asp 

A project of the RAND Corporation, the Promising Practices Network website contains a registry of Proven 

and Promising prevention programs that research has shown to be effective for a variety of outcomes. These 

programs  are  generally  focused  on  children,  adolescents,  and  families.  The  website  provides  a  thorough 

summary of each program and is updated regularly.  

 

Evidence‐based programs: An overview – Appendix A  8 

What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #6 

Social Programs that Work, Coalition for Evidenced‐Based Policy 

http://www.evidencebasedprograms.org/ 

This site is not a registry in the conventional sense of the word in that it does not include and exclude pro‐

grams based on some criteria of effectiveness. Instead, it summarizes the findings from rigorous evaluations 

of programs targeting issues such as employment, substance use, teen pregnancy, and education. Some of the 

programs have substantial evidence of their effectiveness, while others have evaluation results suggesting 

their ineffectiveness. Users are welcome to sign up for emails announcing when the site is updated. 

 
 

Strengthening America’s Families: Effective Family Programs for Prevention of Delinquency 

http://www.strengtheningfamilies.org/ 

This registry summarizes and rates family strengthening programs which have been proven to be effective. 

Programs are designated as Exemplary I, Exemplary II, Model, or Promising based upon the degree, quality 

and outcomes of research associated with them. A program matrix is also included, which can be helpful in 

determining “at a glance” which programs may best meet community needs. This registry was last revised in 

1999. 

 
 

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration’s (SAMHSA’s) National Registry of 

Evidence‐Based Programs and Practices 

http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ 

The National Registry of Evidence‐based Programs and Practices (NREPP) is a searchable database with up‐

to‐date, reliable information on the scientific basis and practicality of interventions. Rather than categorizing 

programs as Model, Effective, or Promising, NREPP rates the quality of the research findings separately for 

each outcome that has been evaluated, as well as readiness for dissemination. Users can perform customized 

searches to identify specific interventions based upon desired outcomes, target populations and settings.  

 
 

Youth Violence: A Report of the Surgeon General  

http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/youthviolence/chapter5/sec3.html 

This report designates programs as Model or Promising and goes further than many other registries to also 

include a “Does Not Work” category. General approaches and specific programs for the prevention of youth 

violence are described at three levels of intervention: primary, secondary and tertiary. This report has not 

been  updated  since  its  publication  in  2001,  but  it  is rare  in  that  it  discusses  the  cost‐effectiveness  of  the 

programs. 
 
 

 

BY CAILIN O’CO
University of W

Meeting local n  

WHAT WORKS,

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  major  appeal  of  evidence‐b
These  programs  have  shown
significantly  affect  important  o
demonstrated  positive  effects  i
funders,  and  program  practiti
evidence‐based program more a
only assume  that  a  program  w
according to the original progra
referred to as program fidelity. Un
practice. Practitioners often cha
them, whether intentionally or n
 
For many years,  there was a d
evidence‐based programs was a
more to which approaches to p
undermine program effectivene
changes that are sometimes ma
then suggest strategies for main
based program implementation 
 

 
 
Program fidelity and adaptation:  
eeds without compromising program effectiveness

ISSUE #4, APRIL 2007 
NNOR, STEPHEN A. SMALL, AND SIOBHAN M. COONEY 
isconsin‐Madison and University of Wisconsin–Extension 

 WISCONSIN – RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES

ased  programs  is  their  promise  of  effectiveness. 
,  through  rigorous  evaluations,  that  they  can 
utcomes  for  participants.  The  best  of  them  have 
n  a  number  of  different  settings.  For  policymakers, 
oners,  that  potential  for  effectiveness  can  make  an 
ttractive than an unproven program. However, we can 
ill  continue  to  have  those  effects  if  it  is  implemented 
m design. Staying true to the original program design is 
fortunately, true program fidelity is not easily achieved in 
nge or adapt evidence‐based programs as they implement 
ot.  

ebate  in  the scientific  literature over whether adaptation of 
t all acceptable. In recent years, the conversation has turned 
rogram adaptation are acceptable and which types are likely to 
ss [1]. In this Research to Practice Brief, we explore the types of 
de to programs and the effects those adaptations can have. We 
taining program effectiveness, based on research about evidence‐
and adaptation. 

Program adaptation and its effects  Types of program adaptations 
 

Acceptable adaptations: 
Changing language – Translating and/or 
modifying vocabulary  

Replacing images to show youth and families 
that look like the target audience 

Replacing cultural references 
Modifying some aspects of activities such as 
physical contact 

Adding relevant, evidence‐based content to 
make the program more appealing to 
participants 

 

Risky or unacceptable adaptations 
Reducing the number or length of sessions or 
how long participants are involved 

Lowering the level of participant engagement 
Eliminating key messages or skills learned 
Removing topics  
Changing the theoretical approach 
Using staff or volunteers who are not 
adequately trained or qualified 

Using fewer staff members than recommended 

Programs  are  often  adapted  from  their  original 
design when they are implemented by a new org‐
anization, in a new community, or by a new staff 
member. Changes might be made to a program to 
better meet the needs of the community where it is 
being  implemented, to fit the program within an 
organization’s  budget  or  calendar,  or  to  accom‐
modate the preferences of the local staff members 
facilitating it. While adaptations for some of these 
reasons may be  justified, changes  to  the content, 
duration,  or  delivery  style  of  the  program  can 
diminish the program’s effects. 
 
One very common reason for adapting a program 
is a perceived cultural mismatch between a pro‐
gram  and  its  targeted  audience  [2].  Although 
research shows  that,  for example,  juvenile delin‐
quency programs tend to be equally effective for 
youth  from  many  cultural  backgrounds  [3],  cul‐
tural mismatch continues to be a concern in many 
communities.1 A large study of the effectiveness of 
the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration  (SAMHSA)  Model  Programs  in 
various  settings  offered  some  support  for  adap‐
tations designed to address cultural mismatch: the 
researchers found that fidelity to the original pro‐
gram design was generally important to program 
effectiveness, but less so when there was a cultural 
mismatch [4]. In other words, in situations where 
the “culture” of  the program was different  from 
the  culture  of  the  target  audience,  adaptations 
were  less  damaging  to  the  program’s 
effectiveness. However, another study found that 
culturally  adapted  versions  of  a  violence 
prevention program had higher retention rates but 
weaker  outcomes  when  compared  to  the  non‐
adapted  program  [5].  The  authors  suggest  that, 
although the adaptations made the program more 

attractive  to participants and  improved retention 
rates,  the  adaptations  also  may  have  eliminated 
crucial  elements  of  the  original  intervention, 
making it less effective.  
 
Other intentional changes to evidence‐based pro‐
grams may have similar effects, making a program 
more attractive  to potential participants or spon‐
soring agencies, but potentially reducing or elim‐
inating the positive effects of the program. Cutting 
the  number  or  length  of  program  sessions  is  a 
common example. Organizations often worry that 
potential participants will be unable to commit to 
a lengthy program, so they shorten it. Or, in times 
of tight budgets, agencies may reduce the number 
of staff  involved  in delivering a program or use 
volunteers or paraprofessionals who do not have 
adequate  experience  or  training.  Unfortunately, 
reducing the “dosage” of a program, changing the 
staff‐to‐participant  ratio,  or  staffing  the  program 
with less qualified personnel is likely to diminish 

 
1 Issue #1 in this series addresses the issue of culture 
and evidence‐based programs. 

Program fidelity and adaptation  2 
What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #4 

the program’s effectiveness. Sufficient dosage and 
the  opportunity  to  form  positive  relationships 
with  well‐trained  staff  have  been  identified  as 
important  principles  of  effective  prevention  pro‐
grams [6]. 
 
Eliminating  parts  of  a  program’s  content  and 
shortening the duration or intensity of a program 
are the riskiest forms of adaptation. A piece may 
be  removed  that  was  critical  to  the  program’s 
effectiveness;  there  may  not  be  enough  time  for 
participants to develop a key skill, or to build the 
relationships  that  are  critical  to  the  change  pro‐
cess.  On  the  other  hand,  adding  material  or 
sessions  to  an  existing  program  while  otherwise 
maintaining  fidelity  does  not  generally  seem  to 
have a detrimental effect. One study even showed 
that  adaptations  that  added  components  to  an 
existing program tended to be more effective than 
programs  implemented  without  added  compo‐
nents  [7].  However,  other  researchers  point  out 
that components added at the local level have the 
potential  to be counterproductive –  for example, 
adding  lessons  based  on  scare  tactics,  which 
research has shown to be harmful – and can  jeo‐
pardize the overall success of the program [8]. 
 
Another  pervasive  type  of  program  adaptation 
comes  in  the  form  of unintentional  changes  that 
are  made  as  the  program  is  implemented  over 
time.  This  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  “program 
drift” [1]. These changes may happen when a fac‐
ilitator  adjusts  the  program  to  fit  his  or  her 
facilitation  style,  eliminates  content  he  or  she 
doesn’t like, or adds in pieces from other curricula 
that may not support the goals of the program. As 
the  number  of  these  changes  grows,  it  becomes 
less and less likely that the implemented program 
will have the promised effects. For this reason, it is 
not  uncommon  for  evidence‐based  programs  to 
require regular “re‐certification” of facilitators and 
provide tools to measure program fidelity. 
 

Strategies for maintaining 
program effectiveness  
If  you  have  made  the  decision  to  implement  a 
proven or evidence‐based program, implementing 
the  program  as  it  was  designed  should  be  your 
goal. As you prepare  for and  implement an evi‐
dence‐based  program,  keep  the  following  strat‐
egies  in  mind  to  minimize  the  risk  of  reducing 
program effectiveness. 
 

Select a program that meets your needs. 
In general, the fewer changes that are made to 
a  program,  the  more  likely  it  is  to  have  the 
desired  effect  on  participants.  It  is  almost 
always  preferable  to  choose  a  program  that 
won’t need to be adapted, rather than getting 
into the risky business of program adaptation. 
Before  purchasing  a  program  or  deciding  to 
implement  it,  analyze  the  program,  the  cur‐
riculum, and any accompanying handouts or 
recruitment  materials  to  determine  whether 
they are appropriate for your target audience 
and  your  organization. Look  at  the  program 
with  a  critical  eye,  considering  whether  it 
would make sense and appeal to members of 
your  audience,  and  whether  it  seems  like  it 
would have the desired effect on their know‐
ledge, skills, relationships, or behavior. To the 
extent possible, find a program that will need 
little to no adaptation for your circumstances. 
If this is not possible, select a program that has 
been adapted for other audiences in the past, 
or one whose developer is willing to assist you 
in the adaptation process.2 
 

2 Issue #3 in this Research to Practice series addresses 
guidelines for selecting an evidence‐based 
program. 

Program fidelity and adaptation  3 
What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #4 

Ensure that staff members are committed 
to  program  fidelity.  Decisions  about  pro‐
gram  selection,  adaptation,  and  implementa‐
tion should involve all relevant staff members, 
particularly  those  who  will  be  staffing  or 
facilitating the program. They need to be com‐
fortable  with  the  material  and  the  style  of 
interaction,  and  they  also  must  commit  to 
delivering the program as agreed. Particularly 
when  a  program  is  being  implemented  by 
more  than  one  staff  member  or  in  multiple 
locations, commitment from all staff is critical 
to ensuring program success. 

 
Contact the program developer. Program 
developers can tell you whether they or others 
have already adapted the program for specific 
audiences or circumstances. Program develop‐
ers can also provide you with key information 
about  the  theory  and  assumptions  that  in‐
fluenced the program’s development. You can 
typically find contact information for program 
developers  on  registries  of  evidence‐based 
programs.3  Getting  input  from  the  program 
designer is one of the best ways to ensure that 
any  adaptations  made  to  the  program  are 
appropriate.  Many  program  developers  will 
be happy to discuss your plans for implemen‐
ting or adapting the program.  
 

Determine  the  key  elements  that  make 
the  program  effective.  Sometimes  called 
core components analysis [1], this is the process 
of  identifying  the “active  ingredients”  in  the 
program, those things that are responsible for 
a program’s effectiveness. Ideally, you would 
get this information from the program devel‐
oper based on his or her research and exper‐

ience.  More  and  more  evidence‐based  pro‐
grams are  identifying  their core components, 
often  as  they  develop  guidelines  for  imple‐
mentation  and  tools  for  measuring  program 
fidelity. For example, the Families and Schools 
Together (FAST) program allows local imple‐
mentation  planning  teams  to  modify  up  to 
60%  of  the  program  content  as  long  as  they 
implement the core components identified by 
the program developer [9].  
 

Assess the need for cultural adaptation. 
Keep in mind that culture is reflected both at 
the surface  level of the program, such as the 
language  and  visual  symbols  used,  and  at  a 
deeper level, for example in the risk and pro‐
tective factors that are targeted [10].  

 

• On the surface level, consider the  lan‐
guage  used  in  the  program;  the  visuals, 
examples  and  scenarios  used;  and  the 
activities that participants are asked to en‐
gage in. For example, when the Strength‐
ening  Families  Program  for  Parents  and 
Youth  10‐14  was  adapted  for  use  with 
Hmong  families  in  Wisconsin,  changes 
were  made  to  de‐emphasize  verbal  and 
physical expressions of love among family 
members,  and  activities  that  required 
physical  contact  were  modified  to  make 
the  program  culturally  acceptable.  These 
types of changes, which tailor the existing 
program  to  a  particular  group  of  par‐
ticipants,  are  unlikely  to  diminish  the 
program’s effectiveness. 
 

• At  the “deep”  level  of  program  struc‐
ture and goals, the cultural mismatch may 
be  more  subtle  and  harder  to  pinpoint. 
There is also a greater risk of reducing the 
program’s impact when changes are made 
at  this  level.  Making  adaptations  to  the 
program’s  targeted  risk  and  protective 
factors  or  other  “deep”  elements  of  the 
program  design  should  probably  not  be 
attempted unless it’s done in collaboration 
with the program’s developer. If you are 

3 Program registries are on‐line guides to effective 
programs created and maintained by federal 
agencies or research organizations. Issue #3 in this 
Research to Practice series includes information about 
some of these registries and how to use them. 

Program fidelity and adaptation  4 
What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #4 

considering  these  types  of  changes,  look 
first  for  a  different  program;  one  better 
suited  to meet your needs may be avail‐
able.  
 

Stay true to the duration and intensity of 
the original program. Several studies have 
indicated that fidelity to program intensity, or 
the amount of contact participants have with 
the program and  the  length of  time  they are 
involved in the program, is one of the keys to 
replicating  the  effects  of  an  evidence‐based 
program  [11].  It  is  also  this  aspect  of  a 
program  that  is  most  likely  to  be  changed, 
whether because of budgetary concerns or in 
an attempt to make the program more appeal‐
ing  to  participants.  For  example,  a  program 
designed  for  seven  weekly  sessions  may  not 
have the same effect  if all the content  is pre‐
sented  in two full‐day sessions. Even though 
all  the  content  may  be  covered,  participants 
will not have  time  to practice  the new skills 
they are learning or to integrate these changes 
into  their  everyday  behavior.  Similarly,  con‐
densing  the material  to  limit  the program  to 
four  weekly  sessions  will  likely  reduce  the 
program’s  effectiveness:  critical  content  may 
be cut  inadvertently,  in addition  to  the risks 
posed by reducing participants’ contact with 
the facilitator and the program. It is important 
to  follow  the  program’s  guidelines  for  how 
often  the  program  meets,  the  length  of  each 
session,  and  how  long  participants  stay 
involved. 
 
 

Take  steps  to  avoid  program  drift. 
Facilitators  and  managers  should  use  tools 
provided by  the program developer  to mon‐
itor  program  implementation.  Be  vigilant  in 
tracking how the program is implemented and 
address any unintentional variation from  the 
original  program  design.  This  is  particularly 
important if a program is handed off from one 
staff person to another, and when a program 
is being  implemented at multiple sites or by 
multiple staff members. 

 
Stay  up‐to‐date  with  program  revisions 
and  new  materials.  Evidence‐based  pro‐
grams  may  be  periodically  revised  and  up‐
dated, or new materials may become available 
as  the  program  developers  continue  their 
research on the program’s effectiveness. Check 
the program’s website, or contact the program 
developer  and  ask  to  be  informed  of  any 
updates to the program or materials. 

 
 
 
 
 
In summary, program adaptation is not a task to 
be taken lightly, if it occurs at all. Taking program 
selection  seriously,  being  thoughtful  about  what 
(if anything) you change, and adding appropriate 
components or topics as needed will help you to 
avoid  changing  the  core  components  of  the 
program and diluting its effectiveness. 

  • Sources
  •   
    1.  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 

    (2002). Finding the balance: Program fidelity and 
    adaptation in substance abuse prevention: A state 
    of the art review. Retrieved March 1, 2006, from 
    http://modelprograms.samhsa.gov/pdfs/Finding‐
    Balance1  

    2.  Castro, F.G., Barrera, M., & Martinez, C.R. (2004). 
    The cultural adaptation of prevention 
    interventions: Resolving tensions between fidelity 
    and fit. Prevention Science, 5, 41‐45. 

    3.  Wilson, S.J., Lipsey, M.W., & Soydan, H. (2003). 
    Are mainstream programs for juvenile 
    delinquency less effective with minority youth 
    than majority youth? A meta‐analysis of 

    Program fidelity and adaptation  5 
    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #4 

    outcomes research. Research on Social Work 
    Practice, 13, 3‐26. 

    4.  Emshoff, J., Blakely, C., Gray, D., Jakes, S., 
    Brounstein, P., et al. (2003). An ESID Case Study 
    at the Federal Level. American Journal of 
    Community Psychology, 32, 345‐357. 

    5.  Kumpfer, K.L., Alvarado, R., Smith, P., & Bellany, 
    N. (2002). Cultural sensitivity and adaptation in 
    family‐based prevention interventions. Prevention 
    Science, 3, 241‐246. 

    6.  Nation, M., Crusto, C., Wandersman, A., 
    Kumpfer, K., Morrisey‐Kaner, E., et al. (2003). 
    What works in prevention: Principles of effective 
    prevention programs. American Psychologist, 58, 
    449‐456. 

    7.  Blakely, C.H., Mayer, J.P., Gottschalk, R.G., 
    Schmitt, N., Davidson, W.S., et al. (1987). The 
    fidelity‐adaptation debate: Implications for the 
    implementation of public sector social programs. 
    American Journal of Community Psychology, 15, 253‐
    268. 

    8.  Elliott, D.S. & Mihalic, S. (2004). Issues in  
         disseminating and replicating effective prevention  
         programs. Prevention Science, 5, 47‐52. 

    9.  Wisconsin Center for Education Research. (2006). 
    Families and Schools Together: Research and 
    program development: Implementation. 
    Retrieved December 19, 2006, from 
    http://www.wcer.wisc.edu/fast/imp/start.htm 

    10. Dumka, L.E., Lopez, V.A., & Carter, S.J. (2002). 
    Parenting interventions adapted for Latino 
    families: Progress and prospects. In J. Contreras, 
    K.A. Kerns, and A.M. Neal‐Barnett (Eds.), Latino 
    children and families in the United States: Current 
    research and future directions (pp. 203‐233). 
    Westport, Conn.: Praeger. 

    11. Allen, J.P., Philliber, S., & Hoggson, N. (1990). 
    School‐based prevention of teen‐age pregnancy 
    and school dropout: Process evaluation of the 
    national replication of the Teen Outreach 
    Program. American Journal of Community 
    Psychology, 18, 505‐524. 

    Program fidelity and adaptation  6 
    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #4 

    WHAT WORKS, WISCONSIN: RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES
     

    This is one of a series of Research to Practice briefs prepared by the What Works, Wisconsin team at the University 
    of Wisconsin–Madison, School of Human Ecology, and Cooperative Extension, University of Wisconsin–
    Extension. All of the briefs can be downloaded from www.uwex.edu/ces/flp/families/whatworks.cfm.  
     

    This series expands upon ideas that are discussed in What Works, Wisconsin: What Science Tells Us about Cost‐
    Effective Programs for Juvenile Delinquency Prevention, which is also available for download at the web address 
    above. 
     

    This publication may be cited without permission provided the source is identified as: O’Connor, C., Small, S.A. & 
    Cooney, S.M. (2007). Program fidelity and adaptation: Meeting local needs without compromising program 
    effectiveness. What Works, Wisconsin Research to Practice Series, 4. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin–
    Madison/Extension. 
     

    This project was supported by Grant Award No. JF‐04‐PO‐0025 awarded by the Wisconsin Office of Justice 
    Assistance through the Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission with funds from the Office of Juvenile 
    Justice and Delinquency Prevention. 
     

    The authors wish to thank Mary Huser of the University of Wisconsin–Extension and Gay Eastman of the 
    University of Wisconsin–Madison for their edits, comments, and suggestions in the development of this Research 
    to Practice brief.  
     

     

    http://www.uwex.edu/ces/flp/families/whatworks.cfm

    • Program adaptation and its effects
    • Strategies for maintaining program effectiveness
    • Sources

    elines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program 

     

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

     

     
     

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

    In recent years there has been a significant increase in the number of evidence‐

    based  programs  designed  to  reduce  individual  and  family  problems  and 

    promote healthy development. Because each program has undergone rigorous 

    testing  and  evaluation,  program  practitioners  can  reassure  potential  program 

    sponsors that the program is likely to be effective under the right conditions, with 

    the appropriate audience and with the proper implementation. However, knowing 

    which program is the “right” one for a particular setting and audience is not always 

    easy to determine. When selecting a program, it is important to move beyond current 

    fads or what the latest salesperson is selling and consider whether a program fits with 

    the  local  agency’s  goals  and  values,  the  community  setting  and  the  needs  of  the 

    targeted audience. The long‐term success of a program depends on the program being 

    not only a good one, but also the right one.  

     

    Unfortunately,  there  is  currently  little  research  on  how  to  best  go about  the  process  of 

    selecting an evidence‐based program. Consequently, the guidelines we present in this brief 

    are based primarily on our experiences working with community‐based organizations, the 

    experiences of practitioners, and common sense. We have identified a number of factors that 

    we believe should be considered when deciding which program is the most appropriate for a 

    particular  audience  and  sponsoring  organization.  These  factors  can  be  grouped  into  three 

    general categories: program match, program quality and organizational resources. In order to 

    assist with the process of program selection, we have developed a set of questions to consider 

    when selecting an evidence‐based program for your particular agency and audience.  

    WHAT WORKS, WISCONSIN – RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES 

    Guidelines for selecting an evidence‐based program: 

    Balancing community needs, program quality,  

    and organizational resources 

    ISSUE #3, MARCH 2007 

    BY STEPHEN A. SMALL, SIOBHAN M. COONEY,  

    GAY EASTMAN, AND CAILIN O’CONNOR  

    University of Wisconsin–Madison and University of Wisconsin–Extension 

    Guidelines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program  2 

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

    Program match: 

    Questions to ask 

     How well do the program’s goals and objectives 
    reflect what your organization hopes to achieve? 

     How well do the program’s goals match those of 
    your intended participants? 

     Is the program of sufficient length and intensity (i.e., 
    “strong enough”) to be effective with this particular 

    group of participants? 

     Are potential participants willing and able to make 
    the time commitment required by the 

    program? 

     Has the program demonstrated effectiveness with a 
    target population similar to yours?   

     To what extent might you need to adapt this 
    program to fit the needs of your community? How 

    might such adaptations affect the effectiveness of the 

    program? 

     Does the program allow for adaptation? 

     How well does the program complement current 
    programming both in your organization and in the 

    community? 

    The  issues  raised  by  program  match,  program 

    quality and organizational resources are overlap‐

    ping.  Selecting  a  program  usually  requires 

    balancing different priorities, so  it’s  important  to 

    have  a  good  understanding  of  all  three  of  these 

    before  determining  the  usefulness  of  a  program 

    for a particular situation. 

     

    PROGRAM MATCH 
    A first set of factors to consider is related to how 

    well the program will fit with your purposes, your 

    organization,  the  target  audience,  and  the  com‐

    munity where it will be implemented.  

     

    Perhaps  the  most  obvious  factor  to  consider  is 

    whether the goals and objectives of a program are 

    consistent  with  the  goals  and  objectives  that  the 

    sponsoring organization hopes  to achieve. While 

    this may seem apparent,  it  is not uncommon for 

    sponsors to select a program because there is grant 

    money available to support it or everyone else is 

    doing it. Just because a program is the latest fad or 

    there’s  funding  to  support  it  doesn’t  necessarily 

    mean  it  is  going  to  accomplish  the  goals  of  the 

    sponsoring organization or meet the needs of the 

    targeted audience. 

     

    A  second  aspect  of  program  match  involves 

    whether  a  program  is  strong  enough  to  address 

    the level and complexity of risk factors or current 

    problems  among  participants.  This  refers  to  the 

    issue of adequate program duration and intensity. 

    Changing existing problem behaviors or counter‐

    acting  a  large  number  of  risk  factors  in  partici‐

    pants’  lives  requires  many  hours  of  engaging 

    programming over a period of time. For example, 

    a short primary prevention program designed for 

    families facing few problems or risks may not be 

    effective  for  an  audience  already  experiencing 

    more severe problems.  

     

    Another  facet  of  program  match  concerns  the 

    length of the program and whether your intended 

    audience  will  be  willing  and  able  to  attend  the 

    required  number  of  sessions.  Many  evidence‐

    based  programs  are  of  fairly  long  duration, 

    involving  multiple  sessions  over  weeks  or 

    months.  A  common  concern  of  program  pro‐

    viders  is  whether  potential  participants  will 

    make  such  a  long‐term  commitment.  Because 

    this is a realistic concern, program sponsors need 

    to assess the targeted audience’s availability for 

    and interest in a program of a particular length.1 

    The reality  is,  if people don’t attend,  then  they 

    can’t reap the program’s benefits. However, it is 

    also important to keep in mind that programs of 

    longer  duration  are  more  likely  to  produce 

    lasting behavior change in participants. Program 

    sponsors sometimes need to find a compromise 

    between the most effective program and one that 

    will be a realistic commitment for 

    participants.  

     

    Matching a program with the values and culture 

    of the intended audience is also critically import-
    ant.  Some  programs  are  intentionally  designed 

    for  particular  populations  or  cultural  groups. 

    Most are more culturally generic and designed 

    1 Issue #2 in this series addresses strategies for 
    recruiting and retaining participants.

    Guidelines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program  3 

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

    Program quality: Questions to ask 

     Has this program been shown to be effective? 
    What is the quality of this evidence? 

     Is the level of evidence sufficient for your 
    organization? 

     Is the program listed on any respected evidence‐
    based program registries? What rating has it 

    received on those registries? 

     For what audiences has the program been found 
    to work? 

     Is there information available about what 
    adaptations are acceptable if you do not 

    implement this program exactly as designed? Is 

    adaptation assistance available from the program 

    developer? 

     What is the extent and quality of training offered 
    by the program developers? 

     Do the program’s designers offer technical 
    assistance? Is there a charge for this assistance? 

     What is the opinion and experience of others who 
    have used the program? 

    for general audiences.2  It’s  important  to consider 

    whether  the  targeted  audience  will  find  the 

    program acceptable and will want  to participate. 

    The ideal situation would be finding evidence that 

    a  program  is  effective  for  the  specific  pop-
    ulation(s) you  intend to use it with. In that case, 
    you  could  reasonably  expect  the  program  to  be 

    effective when it is implemented well.  
     

    Unfortunately,  many  evidence‐based  programs 

    have only been evaluated with a limited number 

    of  populations  and  under  a  relatively  narrow 

    range of conditions. While many evidence‐based 

    programs are effective and appropriate for a range 

    of  audiences  and  situations,  it  is  rare  to  find  a 

    program  that  is  suitable  or  effective  for  every 

    audience  or  situation. In  many  cases,  you  will 
    need to carefully read program materials or talk to 

    the program’s designers to see whether adapting a 

    program or using it with an audience for which it 

    hasn’t been evaluated is reasonable.  

     

    Depending on the design, programs may or may 

    not  be  amenable  to  adaptation.  If  adapting  a 

    program  to  a  particular  cultural  group  is 

    important, then program sponsors should serious-
    ly  consider  whether  such  changes  are  possible. 

    Some program designers are willing  to help you 

    with  program  adaptation  so  that  the  program’s 

    effectiveness  will  not  be  undermined  by  these 

    changes.3 

     

    Finally,  when  considering  which  program  to 

    select, sponsors should consider whether the pro-
    gram complements other programs being offered 

    by  the  sponsoring  organization  and  by  other 

    organizations  in  the  community.  The  most 

    effective  approaches  to  prevention  and  inter-
    vention  involve  addressing  multiple  risk  and 

    2 Issue #1 in this series addresses the issue of culture 
    and evidence‐based programs.
    3 Issue #4 in this series will address issues of program
    fidelity and adaptation.

    protective  factors,  developmental  processes  and 

    settings.  Any  new  program  implemented  in  a 

    community  should  address  needs  that  other 

    community programs  fail  to address, which will 

    help to create the kind of multi‐pronged approach 

    that leads to greater overall effectiveness.  

     

    PROGRAM QUALITY 
    A second set of factors to consider when selecting 

    a  program  are  related  to  the  quality  of  the  pro‐

    gram itself and the evidence for its effectiveness.  

     

    The  program  should  have  solid,  research‐based 

    evidence  showing  that  it  is  effective.  For  a  pro‐

    gram  to  be  deemed  evidence‐based,  it  must  go 

    through  a  series  of  rigorous  evaluations.  Such 

    evaluations  have  experimental  or  quasi‐experi‐

    mental designs – meaning they compare a group 

    of  program  participants  to  a  similar  group  of 

    people who did not participate in the program to 

    determine whether program participation is assoc‐

    iated with positive changes. These kinds of eval‐

    Guidelines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program  4 

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

    TABLE 1: Selected evidence‐based program registries 

    Blueprints for Violence Prevention 

    http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/blueprints/index.html 

    This registry is one of the most stringent in terms of endorsing programs as Model or Promising. Programs are 

    reviewed by an expert panel and staff at the University of Colorado, and endorsements are updated regularly. 

    Programs are added and excluded from the registry based on new evaluation findings. 

    Helping America’s Youth 

    http://guide.helpingamericasyouth.gov/programtool.cfm 

    This registry was developed with the help of several federal agencies. Programs focus on a range of youth 

    outcomes and are categorized as Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 according to their demonstrated effectiveness. The 

    registry is updated regularly to incorporate new evidence‐based programs. 

    Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Model Program Guide  

    http://www.dsgonline.com/mpg2.5/mpg_index.htm 

    This registry is one of the largest currently available and is continuously updated to include new programs. 

    Programs found on this registry are designated as Exemplary, Effective, or Promising. 

    Promising Practices Network 

    http://www.promisingpractices.net/ 

    A project of the RAND Corporation, this registry regularly updates its listings of Effective and Promising 

    programs. Programs are reviewed and endorsed by project staff. 

    Strengthening Americaʹs Families  

    http://www.strengtheningfamilies.org/html/  

    Although this registry was last revised in 1999, it is the only registry with a focus specifically on family‐based 

    programs. Programs were reviewed by expert panels and staff at the University of Utah and the Center for 

    Substance Abuse Prevention. They were then designated as Exemplary I, Exemplary II, Model, or Promising.  

    Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) National Registry of Evidence‐

    Based Programs and Practices  

    http://www.nrepp.samhsa.gov 

    This recently re‐launched site no longer categorizes programs as Model, Effective, or Promising. Instead, 

    programs are summarized and the quality of the research findings is rated separately for each outcome that has 

    been evaluated. SAMHSA has also introduced a “Readiness for Dissemination” rating for each reviewed program. 

    Nominations are accepted each year for programs to be reviewed; SAMHSA funds independent consultants to 

    review nominated programs and update the registry. 

    uations allow for a reasonable assumption that it 

    was  the  program  itself  that  changed  people’s 

    knowledge, attitudes or behavior.  

     

    As  funders and program sponsors become more 

    committed  to  implementing  evidence‐based  pro‐

    grams, program developers are increasingly likely 

    to  promote  their  programs  as  evidence‐based. 

    However,  just  because  a  program  developer  ad‐

    vertises  a  program  as  evidence‐based  doesn’t 

    mean that it meets the standards discussed above. 

    For  example,  a  program  might  be  “research‐

    based,”  but  not  “evidence‐based.”  A  research‐

    based  program  has  been  developed  based  on 

    research about the outcomes or processes it add‐

    resses.  However,  it  has  probably  not  been 

    subjected  to  the  rigorous  evaluations  and  real‐

    world  testing  that  are  needed  to  designate  a 

    program as evidence‐based. The simplest way to 

    determine evidence of a program’s effectiveness is 

    Guidelines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program  5 

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

    Organizational resources:  

    Questions to ask 

     What are the training, curriculum, and 
    implementation costs of the program? 

     Can your organization afford to implement this 
    program now and in the long‐term? 

     Do you have staff capable of implementing this 
    program? Do they have the qualifications 

    recommended or required to facilitate the 

    program? 

     Would your staff be enthusiastic about a program 
    of this kind and are they willing to make the 

    necessary time commitment? 

     Can this program be implemented in the time 
    available? 

     What’s the likelihood that this program will be 
    sustained in the future? 

     Are your community partners supportive of your 
    implementation of this program? 

    to examine  the designations given by well‐estab‐

    lished  and  respected  evidence‐based  program 

    registries. Program registries classify programs at 

    different levels of endorsement based on evidence 

    of  effectiveness  for  certain  participant  outcomes. 

    See  Table  1  for  an  annotated  listing  of  program 

    registries.  

     

    If a program is not listed on a respected registry, 

    then it is important to seek out scientific evidence 

    of the program’s effectiveness. At a minimum, you 

    should  review  any  evaluation  studies  that  have 

    been  conducted  by  the  program  developer  and 

    external evaluators. Ideally, these evaluations use 

    an  experimental  or  quasi‐experimental  research 

    design. Another sign of a high‐quality evaluation 

    is  that  its results have been published  in a well‐

    respected, peer‐reviewed, scientific journal. 

     

    An  additional  indicator  of  program  quality  to 

    consider  is  the  level  of  training  and  follow‐up 

    support  available  from  the  program  designers. 

    Some  programs  have  a  great  deal  of  resources 

    available  to  help  program  implementers.  These 

    resources  can  be  especially  important  if  you’re 

    working  with  a  unique  audience  and  need  to 

    make adaptations or if program implementation is 

    particularly complex. As a general rule, more in‐

    tensive training and more follow‐up support from 

    the program developer will increase the effective‐

    ness  and  sustainability  of  a  program  over  time. 

    Some programs provide excellent  technical assis‐

    tance; staff members are accessible and willing to 

    address questions that arise while the program is 

    being implemented. Often this technical assistance 

    is  free, but sometimes program designers charge 

    an additional fee for it. Therefore, the benefits and 

    costs  of  technical  assistance  should  be  kept  in 

    mind when selecting an evidence‐based program. 

     

    Finally,  while  the  scientific  literature  and  infor‐

    mation from the program developer provide key 

    information  about  program  quality,  don’t  over‐

    look the experience of practitioners who have imp‐

    lemented  the  program.  Ask  whether  they 

    encountered  any  obstacles  when  implementing 

    the  program,  whether  they  believe  the  program 

    was effective, which audiences seemed to respond 

    most positively to the program, and whether they 

    would  recommend  the  program  for  your  sit‐

    uation.  This  type  of  information  is  usually  not 

    included in scientific program evaluations but is a 

    critically  important  consideration  for  most 

    practitioners. 

     

    ORGANIZATIONAL 

    RESOURCES 
    A final set of factors to consider when selecting a 

    program  is  related  to  the  resources  required  for 

    carrying out the program. Consider whether your 

    organization has the expertise, staff, financial sup‐

    port  and  time  available  to  implement  the  pro‐

    gram.  Implementing evidence‐based programs  is 

    usually  fairly  time‐  and  resource‐intensive.  For 

    example,  evidence‐based  programs  often  require 

    facilitators to attend multi‐day trainings or call for 

    facilitators with particular qualifications. Even if a 

    program is a good fit for your community, if your 

    organization doesn’t have the human or financial 

    resources  to adequately  implement  the program, 

    its chances of success are limited. 

    Guidelines for Selecting an Evidence‐Based Program  6 

    What Works, Wisconsin – Research to Practice Series, #3 

    WHAT WORKS, WISCONSIN: RESEARCH TO PRACTICE SERIES
     

    This is one of a series of Research to Practice briefs prepared by the What Works, Wisconsin team at the 

    University of Wisconsin–Madison, School of Human Ecology, and Cooperative Extension, University of 

    Wisconsin–Extension. All of the briefs can be downloaded from: http://whatworks.uwex.edu 

     

    This series expands upon ideas that are discussed in What Works, Wisconsin: What Science Tells Us about Cost‐

    Effective Programs for Juvenile Delinquency Prevention, which is also available for download at the address above. 

     

    This publication may be cited without permission provided the source is identified as: Small, S.A., Cooney, 

    S.M., Eastman, G., & O’Connor, C. (2007). Guidelines for selecting an evidence‐based program: Balancing 

    community needs, program quality, and organizational resources. What Works, Wisconsin Research to Practice 

    Series, 3. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin–Madison/Extension. 

     

    This project was supported by Grant Award No. JF‐04‐PO‐0025 awarded by the Wisconsin Office of Justice 

    Assistance through the Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission with funds from the Office of 

    Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. 

     

    The authors wish to thank Mary Huser of the University of Wisconsin–Extension for her edits, comments, and 

    suggestions in the development of this Research to Practice brief.  

     

                                                                                              

    In  addition,  when  selecting  a  program  it  makes 

    sense  to  assess  your  organization’s  long‐term 

    goals and consider which programs have the best 

    chance of being continued in the future. Programs 

    that  require  significant  external  funding  are 

    especially prone to abandonment after the funding 

    runs out. Some programs are more readily adopt‐

    ed  by  existing  organizations  and  are  easier  to 

    support over the long run. Think about whether a 

    program  has  a  good  chance  of  being  integrated 

    into the base programming of your organization. 

    Can the program be continued in the future with 

    existing  staff  and  resources  or  will  it  always 

    require external support?  

     

    Lastly,  because  many  evidence‐based  programs 

    are  resource  intensive,  think  about  collaborating 

    with  other  organizations  in  the  community  to 

    deliver a program. Selecting a program that meets 

    the needs of two or more agencies may allow for 

    the  pooling  of  resources,  thus  enhancing  the 

    likelihood  that  the  program  can  be  adequately 

    funded,  implemented  and  sustained  over  time. 

    Additionally,  such  an  arrangement  can  lead  to 

    positive,  long‐term partnerships with other com‐

    munity agencies. 

     
     
     

    While  all  three  of  these  factors  are  important, 

    some  may  be  more  crucial  to  your  organization 

    than others. The key to selecting the best program 

    for  your  particular  situation  involves  balancing 

    different  priorities  and  trade‐offs  and  finding  a 

    program  that  best  meets  these  competing 

    demands. By selecting a high quality program that 

    matches  the  needs  of  your  audience  and  com‐

    munity  and  the  resources  of  your  organization, 

    you greatly enhance  the  likelihood  that you will 

    have an effective program  that will have a  long‐

    term  impact  and  improve  the  lives  of  its 

    participants.  

    A Report to the Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission
    and the Wisconsin Office of Justice Assistance

    Stephen A. Small, Arthur J. Reynolds,
    Cailin O’Connor, and Siobhan M. Cooney

    A joint initiative of the University of Wisconsin–Madison

    Schools of Human Ecology and Social Work, and the
    University of Wisconsin–Extension, Cooperative Extension

    June 2005

    This project was supported by funds from the
    Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, Office of Justice Programs.

    What Works, Wisconsin
    What Science Tells Us about Cost-Effective Programs

    for Juvenile Delinquency Prevention

    What Works, Wisconsin
    What Science Tells Us about Cost-Effective Programs

    for Juvenile Delinquency Prevention

    Stephen Small, Arthur Reynolds,
    Cailin O’Connor, and Siobhan Cooney

    University of Wisconsin–Madison

    School of Human Ecology
    1300 Linden Drive

    Madison, WI 53706
    sasmall@wisc.edu or areynolds@waisman.wisc.edu

    Acknowledgements
    We are grateful to the Policy and Legislative Committee members of the Wisconsin
    Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission for their initiative in making this project

    possible, and to the staff of the Wisconsin Office of Justice Assistance for their support
    and collaboration throughout the project. We also appreciate the editorial assistance of

    Mari Hansen of the University of Wisconsin–Madison/Extension.

    The views expressed in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily
    represent the official positions or policies of the U.S. Department of Justice,

    the State of Wisconsin, or other funders.

    This publication may be cited without permission providing the source is identified as: Small, S.A.,
    Reynolds, A.J., O’Connor, C., & Cooney, S.M. (2005). What Works, Wisconsin: What science tells us about
    cost-effective programs for juvenile delinquency prevention. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin–Madison.

    Table of Contents

    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..5
    I. PROJECT OVERVIEW ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1

    PROJECT HISTORY ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1
    KEY CONCEPTS ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………2

    Risk-Protection Framework ………………………………………………………………………………………………..2
    Positive Youth Development Approaches ……………………………………………………………………………..4
    Human Capital Perspective ………………………………………………………………………………………………..4
    Evidence-Based Programs and Practices ………………………………………………………………………………4
    Registries of Evidence-Based Programs ………………………………………………………………………………..6
    Classification of Prevention Programs………………………………………………………………………………….6
    Cost-Benefit Analysis ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..7

    INFLUENCE OF THE WASHINGTON STATE STUDY ON THE PRESENT REPORT ……………..8
    II. COST-EFFECTIVE PROGRAMS TO PREVENT DELINQUENCY AND CRIME ……………………….9

    PRINCIPLES OF EFFECTIVE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY PREVENTION PROGRAMS …….9
    PRINCIPLES OF EFFECTIVE JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS ……………………………………….10
    SUMMARY OF SELECTED COST-EFFECTIVE PROGRAMS…………………………………………………11

    III. REVIEW OF PROGRAMS AND APPROACHES……………………………………………………………………….15
    PRIMARY PREVENTION PROGRAMS ………………………………………………………………………………….15

    Preschool Education…………………………………………………………………………………………………………15
    Family Support Programs ………………………………………………………………………………………………..17
    Social-Emotional Learning Programs…………………………………………………………………………………21

    SECONDARY PREVENTION PROGRAMS…………………………………………………………………………….23
    Family Training Programs ……………………………………………………………………………………………….23
    Social Skills Training Programs ………………………………………………………………………………………..23
    Mentoring Programs ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….24
    Vocational/Job Training Programs …………………………………………………………………………………….25
    Emerging and Unproven Programs……………………………………………………………………………………26

    JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS ……………………………………………………………………………………..27
    Juvenile Offender Program Categories and Considerations …………………………………………………..27
    Diversion/Community Accountability Programs ……………………………………………………………….28
    Therapeutic Interventions…………………………………………………………………………………………………30
    Case Management/Multimodal Interventions……………………………………………………………………..31
    Emerging and Unproven Programs and Approaches …………………………………………………………..32

    IV. CONSIDERATIONS FOR IMPLEMENTING EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS …………………….34
    SELECTING AN APPROPRIATE EVIDENCE-BASED PREVENTION PROGRAM ………………..34
    STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENTING PROGRAMS …………………………………….34
    BARRIERS TO IMPLEMENTING EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS ………………………………………36
    CULTURAL/ETHNIC CONSIDERATIONS…………………………………………………………………………….37

    V. RECOMMENDATIONS ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..38
    VI. CONCLUSIONS………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….43
    VII. REFERENCES ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..44

    APPENDIX A: EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS

    APPENDIX B: EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS

    APPENDIX C: LIST OF PROGRAM REGISTRIES

    APPENDIX D: GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING

    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    What Works, Wisconsin 5

    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

    Significant advancements have been made
    in the science of juvenile delinquency preven-
    tion in recent years. There is considerable
    evidence that some approaches are more effec-
    tive than others in preventing crime and
    reducing recidivism among youth. Research has
    shown that implementing proven, scientifically
    sound programs and interventions can have a
    preventive effect, making it less likely that indi-
    viduals will engage in crime and equipping
    them to make positive contributions to society.
    Many of these programs have been shown to
    result in economic benefits to society far out-
    weighing their costs. Through the use of
    evidence-based programs,
    practices and policies, the
    state of Wisconsin can more
    effectively address the
    problem of juvenile delin-
    quency while making the
    best use of increasingly lim-
    ited financial resources.

    This report builds on
    several recent efforts to analyze the growing
    evidence in the field of delinquency prevention.
    Most notably, the Washington State Institute for
    Public Policy’s cost-benefit analysis of dozens of
    prevention and intervention programs related to
    juvenile delinquency provided the impetus for
    this report. The Office of Juvenile Justice and
    Delinquency Prevention’s Model Programs
    Guide also informed our work. Drawing on
    those resources, we highlight a number of
    proven, effective programs and review the
    strongest evidence available in several catego-
    ries of interventions, from universal or primary
    prevention with children and families through
    community-based programs for juvenile offend-
    ers. Special attention is also given to several
    programs and approaches developed in Wiscon-
    sin.

    KEY CONCEPTS

    A number of principles and frameworks
    guide current thinking about the prevention and
    treatment of youth problems in general and de-
    linquency in particular. Most fundamental to
    current approaches is the risk-protection
    framework. Certain traits of individuals, fami-
    lies, and communities have been identified as
    risk factors for the development of anti-social
    behavior and negative outcomes; criminologists
    refer in particular to risk factors for delinquent
    or criminal activity as “criminogenic factors.”
    Other traits, called protective factors, make
    negative outcomes less likely and positive out-

    comes more likely. Identify-
    ing risk and protective
    factors makes it possible to
    target relevant attitudes,
    needs, or behaviors among
    people at risk for negative
    outcomes, and provide ser-
    vices and resources that
    promote positive outcomes.

    A related perspective that has informed many
    recent prevention and youth programming ini-
    tiatives identifies “developmental assets,” the
    building blocks necessary for healthy develop-
    ment.

    The human capital perspective is central to
    understanding not only the reasoning behind
    offering programs to at-risk individuals, but also
    the concept of cost-benefit analysis. Human
    capital refers to the investment of resources to
    increase the social, emotional, and educational
    skills of children, parents, and families. The hu-
    man capital perspective emphasizes that
    investments in young people’s education and
    development can produce economic returns to
    the general public and personal returns to indi-
    viduals. All of these “returns” can be included
    when estimating the effect of a program or in-
    tervention.

    Through the use of evidence-
    based programs, Wisconsin can

    more effectively address the
    problem of juvenile delinquency

    while making the best use of
    limited financial resources.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page ii

    Putting the human capital perspective to
    use, information on the effects of programs and
    interventions can be converted into monetary
    values and compared to the investment required
    to achieve those effects. The economic benefits
    of prevention programs cover a wide range, in-
    cluding, but not limited to, reduced delinquency
    and crime, increased economic well-being of
    participants (and associated tax revenues), and
    cost savings within major public service and
    rehabilitative systems. Cost-benefit analysis
    (CBA) offers a practical method for helping poli-
    cymakers consider alternative programs when
    faced with limited resources. CBA is a major
    departure from traditional measures of program
    effectiveness, which take into account only the
    strength of a program’s impact, while ignoring
    the costs. Using CBA, program options can be
    ranked according to their effectiveness per dol-
    lar of expenditure.

    CBA necessarily builds on evidence gener-
    ated from high-quality program evaluations.
    The programs for which this type of information
    is available are called evidence-based programs.
    Evidence-based programs are those that have
    been shown through scientific research and
    evaluation to be effective and reliable. They
    have been subjected to rigorous evaluation us-
    ing comparison groups, often including long-
    term follow-up to track various outcomes for
    program participants and non-participants. A
    number of federal agencies and research organi-
    zations maintain registries of evidence-based
    programs to guide the selection of programs for
    prevention of problem behaviors. Evidence-
    based programs are somewhat rare, but growing
    in number.

    REVIEW OF PROGRAMS

    In this report, we review the available evi-
    dence in ten categories of programs, grouped
    into three broad areas:

    PRIMARY PREVENTION

    Preschool Education

    Family Support Programs

    Social-Emotional Learning Programs

    SECONDARY PREVENTION
    • Family Training Programs
    • Social Skills Training Programs

    Mentoring Programs

    Vocational/Job Training Programs

    JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS

    • Diversion or Community

    Accountability Programs
    • Therapeutic Interventions
    • Case Management/Multimodal

    Interventions

    Within each category, we highlight one or
    two evidence-based programs, including cost-
    benefit information whenever it is available. We
    also discuss the practices and approaches that
    appear to increase program effectiveness within
    each category.

    The most cost-effective prevention pro-
    grams reviewed in this report include preschool
    education, home visitation programs, and social
    and emotional learning programs for elemen-
    tary school children. In all of these programs,
    the quality and intensity of services are high,
    staff members are well trained, and the program
    has a well-articulated vision with a strong con-
    ceptual base. Although mentoring and job
    training programs were also found to have good
    evidence of effectiveness, their economic returns
    are lower.

    Among juvenile offender programs, the
    strongest empirical evidence of cost-
    effectiveness is for diversion programs and
    therapeutic interventions that provide a range of
    intensive services over relatively long periods of
    time. Overall, there are fewer evidence-based
    juvenile offender programs than prevention
    programs. However, a number of principles of
    effective intervention have been identified that
    can increase the likelihood that a given program
    or approach will be effective.

    Throughout the review of programs, we also
    identify emerging or unproven delinquency
    prevention programs that appear to follow key
    principles of effective programs but have not yet

    What Works, Wisconsin Page iii

    demonstrated reliable program impacts. These
    include after-school programs and enhanced
    probation and supervision programs. Addi-
    tional research on these and other programs is
    needed.

    CONSIDERATIONS IN IMPLEMENTING
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    Knowing that a program has undergone
    rigorous evaluation and has strong evidence
    that it works is an essential first step in moving
    toward more effective, evidence-based practice.
    However, implementing a program that will
    have the desired effect involves a great deal
    more than just using an evidence-based pro-
    gram. Among other things, it requires that the
    program selected be appropriate to the audi-
    ence, that it is adequately funded and staffed,
    and that the selected program is implemented
    with fidelity. These less tangible matters are of-
    ten overlooked by program sponsors, but are as
    important as the program model itself if the
    program is to have a positive impact. In addition
    to these issues, there exist a number of practical
    considerations related to the realities of program
    administration, which are often barriers to the
    use of evidence-based programs. These consid-
    erations are articulated in the full report.

    RECOMMENDATIONS

    Based on our synthesis of the available evi-
    dence on the effectiveness of juvenile crime
    prevention programs, we make the following
    recommendations for consideration by the Wis-
    consin Governor’s Juvenile Justice Commission:

    (1) Strongly support the use of evidence-
    based prevention and intervention pro-
    grams and practices.

    (2) Educate policy-makers and practitioners
    about evidence-based programs and prac-
    tices and their practical and economic
    benefits.

    (3) Use results of cost-benefit analysis to bet-
    ter prioritize funding of education and
    social programs.

    (4) Adopt an appropriate and validated as-
    sessment tool in order to direct juvenile
    offenders to the level of intervention and
    supervision that is most likely to be effec-
    tive for them.

    (5) Develop mechanisms for disseminating
    effective program models and good prac-
    tice guidelines to practitioners and
    decision-makers.

    (6) Provide support for local-level delin-
    quency prevention initiatives.

    (7) Increase investments in research and de-
    velopment (R & D) and in evaluation of
    emerging, innovative, and promising pre-
    vention programs.

    (8) Provide a greater balance between preven-
    tion and intervention programs and
    strategies.

    (9) Create new, state-level, operational poli-
    cies that encourage cross-agency
    collaboration and funding for prevention.

    (10) Develop new state funding mechanisms
    that are equitable and consistent with the
    economic benefits of prevention pro-
    grams.

    These recommendations have the potential
    to positively alter the future life chances of Wis-
    consin youth, reduce crime, and contribute to
    significant cost savings. However, putting into
    action most of these recommendations will re-
    quire both vision and courage – the vision to
    look beyond short-term solutions and the cour-
    age to challenge the status quo and adopt new
    ways of operating. We hope that this report will
    serve as an impetus for change and contribute to
    the emergence of Wisconsin as a national leader
    for innovative, scientific, and cost-effective poli-
    cies and programs on behalf of its youth.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 1

    I. PROJECT OVERVIEW

    Significant advancements have been made
    in the science of juvenile delinquency preven-
    tion in recent years. There is considerable
    evidence that some approaches are more effec-
    tive than others in preventing crime and
    reducing recidivism among youth. Research has
    shown that high-quality implementation of evi-
    dence-based programs and principles often
    results in reduced delinquency and future re-
    cidivism as well as economic benefits to society
    that outweigh expenditures. Through the use of
    evidence-based programs,
    practices and policies, the state
    of Wisconsin can more effec-
    tively address the problem of
    juvenile delinquency while
    making the best use of increas-
    ingly limited financial
    resources.

    In response to a request
    from the Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile Justice
    Commission and the Wisconsin Office of Justice
    Assistance, this report synthesizes the current
    research on scientific approaches to delinquency
    prevention and community-based intervention.
    In addition, this report provides an overview of
    the latest concepts, terms and models related to
    juvenile delinquency prevention and interven-
    tion. It concludes with recommendations
    regarding future directions for the state of Wis-
    consin that can lead to more effective and
    economically viable approaches for reducing
    juvenile crime, enhancing youth development
    and contributing to responsible citizenship.

    Three questions guide this report:

    • What does science tell us about effective
    approaches to preventing and treating
    delinquency?

    • What are the economic returns of the
    most effective programs?

    • What steps should the state take to de-
    velop a more effective and cost-

    beneficial strategy for preventing juve-
    nile delinquency and future crime?

    PROJECT HISTORY

    Over the past five years, our knowledge
    about cost-effective programs, practices and
    principles in the field of juvenile justice and de-
    linquency prevention has grown at a
    phenomenal rate. The pace is so rapid that even
    in the process of developing the direction and
    scope of this report, new information became

    available that led to modifica-
    tions in what we and the
    Wisconsin Governor’s Juvenile
    Justice Commission intended
    to accomplish through the
    present report.

    Initially, we had planned
    to provide an update and ex-

    tension of the Washington State Institute for
    Public Policy’s 2001 report on The Comparative
    Costs and Benefits of Programs to Reduce Crime [1].
    However, within weeks of our beginning this
    project, Washington State released a new ver-
    sion of their report that essentially did just that
    (see Benefits and Costs of Prevention and Early In-
    tervention Programs for Youth [2]). The
    availability of this new report meant that much
    of the work on estimating costs and benefits for
    delinquency and recidivism prevention pro-
    grams had already been accomplished, freeing
    us up to address other important issues.

    The current report builds on existing re-
    sources, including the Washington State report
    as well as the Office of Juvenile Justice and De-
    linquency Prevention’s (OJJDP’s) web-based
    Model Programs Guide [3]. Consequently, the cur-
    rent report includes a discussion of most of the
    key findings from these previously released
    documents but also goes well beyond them. We
    provide here a fairly broad and inclusive sum-
    mary of what is known about the prevention of
    delinquency and recidivism in community-

    Our knowledge about cost-
    effective programs, practices
    and principles in the field of
    delinquency prevention has
    grown at a phenomenal rate.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 2

    based programs. Drawing on available cost-
    benefit analyses, we also discuss what is known
    about the potential cost savings of various ap-
    proaches to prevention and community-based
    juvenile offender programs. In addition, build-
    ing on the OJJDP Model Programs Guide and
    the numerous other guides and registries that
    have been developed in recent years, we pro-
    vide an overview of what is known about
    proven, effective approaches to the reduction of
    delinquency, including a synthesis of the princi-
    ples that underlie successful programs. Finally,
    we provide a review of some of the strategies
    that have been found to be critical to the success-
    ful selection and implementation of prevention
    and early intervention programs.

    KEY CONCEPTS

    There are a number of principles and
    frameworks that guide current thinking about
    the prevention and treatment of youth problems
    in general and delinquency in particular. In this
    section, we provide an overview of some of the
    most relevant frameworks, concepts and princi-
    ples as a way to orient the reader to the current
    scientific thinking in this area and provide a
    foundation for our later discussion of what
    works in delinquency prevention.

    Risk-Protection Framework

    Most scholars and professionals in the field
    of prevention are guided by some variation of
    the risk-protection framework. This approach
    assumes that the best way to prevent delin-
    quency or other problematic outcomes is to
    reduce or eliminate risk factors and to increase
    or enhance protective factors [4]. Risk factors

    typically are defined as individual or environ-
    mental markers that are related to an increased
    likelihood that a negative outcome will occur [5,
    6]. Conversely, protective factors usually are
    defined as individual or environmental safe-
    guards that enhance a person’s ability to
    overcome stressful life events, risks or hazards
    and promote adaptation and competence [7, 8].
    Criminologists use the term “criminogenic fac-
    tors,” which describes risk factors that (a) have
    been empirically linked to delinquent or crimi-
    nal behavior, and (b) are dynamic, or amenable
    to change through intervention in an individ-
    ual’s life [9].

    Most prevention researchers and practitio-
    ners view prevention within an ecological
    framework [e.g., 5, 10, 11] which assumes that
    risk and protective factors can exist both within
    individuals and across the various settings in
    which they live such as the family, peer group,
    school, and community. Closely related is the
    idea that most problems are multiply deter-
    mined [11]. That is, there may be diverse paths
    to the development of a particular problem like
    delinquency, and efforts to address a single
    cause are likely to fail, because most problems
    have multiple causes. Similarly, the same risk
    factor can be related to a variety of different out-
    comes [8]. For example, many criminogenic
    factors, which put youth at risk for delinquency,
    also put them at risk for early parenthood or
    school failure. Thus, efforts to prevent youth
    problems must account for and target multiple
    settings and risk factors [11, 12]. Figure 1 pre-
    sents a list of common risk factors and protective
    factors for juvenile delinquency organized by
    ecological level.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 3

    FIGURE 1.
    Common Risk and Protective Factors for Juvenile Delinquency

    RISK FACTORS PROTECTIVE FACTORS
    INDIVIDUAL LEVEL

    • Early initiation of problem be

    havior

    • Early and persistent antisocial behavior
    • Low IQ
    • Hyperactivity
    • Rebelliousness
    • Favorable attitudes toward deviant behavior
    • Involvement in other problematic or dangerous be-

    havior

    • High IQ
    • Intolerant attitudes toward deviant behavior
    • Positive social orientation
    • Ability to feel guilt
    • Trustworthiness

    FAMILY LEVEL

    • Family history of criminal or delinquent behavior
    • Family conflict or violence
    • Favorable parental attitudes and involvement in

    problem behavior
    • History of maltreatment
    • Parental psychopathology
    • Teenage parenthood
    • Poverty

    • Good relationships with parents
    • Good family communication
    • Parents/caregivers who possess strong parent-

    ing skills

    PEER LEVEL

    • Friends who engage in delinquent behavior
    • Peer rejection

    • Non-delinquent friends (or prosocially oriented
    friends)

    SCHOOL LEVEL

    • Academic failure or poor performance beginning in
    late elementary school

    • Lack of commitment or bonding to school
    • Low academic aspirations

    • Positive commitment to school
    • Academic achievement
    • Strong school motivation
    • Positive attitude toward school

    COMMUNITY LEVEL

    • Availability of drugs and weapons
    • Low neighborhood attachment and community dis-

    organization
    • Media portrayals of violence
    • Extreme economic deprivation
    • Concentration of delinquent peer groups

    • Non-disadvantaged neighborhood
    • Low neighborhood crime
    • Community norms and laws that condemn

    drug use, crime and deviant behavior
    • High neighborhood stability and cohesion

    SOURCE: Adapted from Preventing & Reducing Juvenile Delinquency (2003), p. 105. By J.C. Howell. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publi-
    cations [13] and Child Delinquents: Development Intervention and Service Needs (2003), R. Loeber and D. Farrington, (Eds.). Thousand
    Oaks, CA: Sage Publications [14].

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 4

    Positive Youth Development Approaches

    An increasingly popular approach to prob-
    lem prevention emphasizes the positive aspects
    of youth development and well-being. This ap-
    proach is especially common with traditional
    youth serving agencies that provide after school
    and non-formal educational programs, and with
    initiatives concerned with facilitating youth in-
    volvement in the community. In contrast to
    traditional prevention programs, positive youth
    development assumes that simply preventing
    problems is not enough to prepare youth for
    adulthood, and that the best way to prevent
    problems from occurring throughout the life-
    span is to promote the developmental potential
    of young people [8, 15].

    While there exist a number of positive youth
    development models, in Wisconsin the most
    widely used approach is the Search Institute’s
    Developmental Assets framework [16]. This
    model is built around 40 developmental assets,
    defined as the building blocks that are crucial
    for promoting healthy youth
    development and well-being
    [17]. According to the Search
    Institute, assets center on the
    relationships, social envi-
    ronments, patterns of
    interactions, and norms that
    are central to promoting
    youth development. Correla-
    tional data from the Search Institute show that
    the more developmental assets a young person
    possesses, the fewer problems they exhibit (in-
    cluding delinquency) and the greater the
    likelihood that they will experience positive de-
    velopmental outcomes like school success and
    social responsibility [18].

    Human Capital Perspective

    Preventive interventions are increasingly
    conceptualized from a human capital perspec-
    tive, recognizing that social programs for
    children and youth are “investments” that pro-
    mote well-being among participants and for
    society at large. Human capital is a general iden-

    tifier for investments of human and financial
    resources to increase the social, emotional, and
    educational skills of children, parents, and fami-
    lies. If they are substantial enough, these
    resources can improve learning and behavior in
    the short-term as well as economic and social
    well-being in the long-term. Generally, the ear-
    lier in the life course that an intervention occurs,
    the greater its capacity for creating enduring
    effects, with long-term consequences for indi-
    viduals, their families, and the communities in
    which they live [19, 20]. The human capital per-
    spective emphasizes that investments in young
    people’s education and development can have
    economic returns to the general public as well as
    personal returns to individuals, and that all of
    these “returns” can be included when estimating
    the effect of a program or intervention.

    Evidence-Based Programs and Practices

    The need for proven, effective, high quality
    prevention and intervention programs remains a
    high priority in Wisconsin and

    across the nation.

    Unfortunately, the effective-
    ness of many current
    programs and practices re-
    mains unproven at best,
    while some are known to be
    ineffective or even harmful.
    Increasingly, state, federal
    and private funders are ask-
    ing that the programs they

    fund have solid research evidence that they
    work. These programs are known as evidence-
    based programs.

    Evidence-based programs incorporate
    strategies, activities and principles that have
    been shown through scientific research and
    evaluation to be effective and reliable. In order
    for programs to be considered evidence-based,
    they must go through a process that draws on
    scientifically gathered information and uses a
    commonly agreed upon criteria for rating re-
    search interventions, principles and strategies.
    Such programs:

    The need for proven, effective,
    high quality prevention and

    intervention programs remains
    a priority in Wisconsin and

    across the nation.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 5

    • Are based on a solid, scientific, theoreti-
    cal foundation

    • Have been carefully implemented and
    evaluated using rigorous scientific
    methods that usually include:

    o A control or comparison group
    o Well-established measures and

    methods

    • Have been evaluated in a variety of set-
    tings with a range of audiences

    • Have evaluation findings that have been
    subjected to critical review by other re-
    searchers and published in respected
    scientific journals

    • Have been certified as evidence-based
    by a federal agency or well-respected
    research organization based on the
    above criteria

    There has been some confusion regarding
    the terms used to describe evidence-based pro-
    grams. Some agencies and professionals refer to
    them as research-based or science-based programs.
    In addition, the term model programs is often
    used interchangeably with exemplary programs.
    In most cases, they are based on similar princi-
    ples and criteria for scientific evidence and are
    therefore comparable.

    There is, however, a distinction between evi-
    dence-based programs and evidence-based practices
    or principles of effectiveness. Evidence-based prac-
    tices and principles are elements that increase
    effectiveness across a variety of programs, rather
    than self-standing programs that can be ac-
    quired and implemented. Researchers try to
    identify these “active ingredients” to increase
    the likelihood that programs – whether evi-
    dence-based or not – will be effective.

    It is important to keep in mind that the cur-
    rent scientific evidence is at the level of the
    program, not at the level of practices or princi-
    ples. Because each program is an integration of
    many elements, the contributions of individual
    program components (staffing, learning activi-
    ties, timing, or duration) to the total effect are

    not estimated. Syntheses of the evidence across
    different programs lead to identification of a
    common set of principles, which are valuable,
    but not “evidence-based” in the same way that
    individual programs can be.

    There are a number of reasons for the grow-
    ing interest in the use of evidence-based
    programs. The first is accountability. The public
    wants to know that tax dollars are being spent
    on programs and services that actually work.
    Similarly, public agencies and their funders in-
    creasingly want to invest their dollars in
    programs that have scientifically demonstrated
    their effectiveness. In fact, it is becoming more
    common for funders to mandate that evidence-
    based programs be used by the organizations
    they fund. Another reason for the growth of
    evidence-based programs is efficiency. Instead
    of having to “reinvent the wheel,” agencies can
    select from the growing number of programs
    that are known to be well designed and have
    undergone rigorous evaluation. Finally, and
    perhaps most importantly, when these pro-
    grams are implemented properly, there is good
    evidence that they will have the positive impact
    that they were designed to produce. In this way,
    evidence-based programs enable limited public
    resources to be used wisely.

    The growth of evidence-based prevention
    programs is a relatively recent phenomenon.
    While there were few such programs prior to the
    1990s, over the past decade the number of pro-
    grams has grown quickly and continues to
    increase at a rapid pace. Unfortunately, while
    there has been a remarkable growth in the num-
    ber of evidence-based prevention programs,
    their adoption and use by practitioners lags far
    behind. One recent study on the use of evidence-
    based programs by schools found that less than
    a third of the prevention programs used by pub-
    lic schools were evidence-based [21]. In the field
    of juvenile justice, the percentage of programs
    that are evidence-based may be even lower.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 6

    Registries of Evidence-Based Programs

    As the number of evidence-based programs
    has grown, various federal agencies and non-
    profit research and education organizations
    have developed web-based program registries
    that certify and list programs that have met the
    standards of being evidence-based. The most
    rigorous of these are listed in Appendix C of this
    report.

    Many of these registries focus on a particu-
    lar area of interest such as drug abuse, violence
    or juvenile delinquency. Others are more gen-
    eral in that they attempt to cover programs that
    address a range of outcomes. In order for a pro-
    gram to be included in a registry, it must have
    met the sponsoring organization’s criteria of
    being evidence-based. Some registries also in-
    clude programs that are classified as promising.
    These are programs that are based on good re-
    search and theory and usually have some
    preliminary evidence of being effective, but
    have not been evaluated as rigorously, as often,
    or with as much long-term follow-up as the
    model or exemplary programs.

    There is a great deal of overlap between
    evidence-based program registries. This is true
    even for registries that are fairly diverse in the
    outcomes or problems that they are concerned
    with. The reason for this is that many evidence-
    based programs have been found to have a posi-
    tive impact on addressing a range of
    problematic and positive outcomes. For exam-
    ple, some of the most effective family-based
    programs have been found to not only reduce
    drug abuse among youth, but also help prevent
    aggressive behavior and promote positive de-
    velopmental outcomes like school success.

    Classification of Prevention Programs

    Traditionally, three different types of ap-
    proaches to prevention have been identified:
    primary, secondary, and tertiary [22]. Primary
    prevention is concerned with preventing the
    initial occurrence of a problem within a normal
    population. Secondary prevention involves in-
    tervening with populations that show signs of

    early problems, so that more serious problems
    can be prevented. Tertiary prevention involves
    the reduction of a problem among groups of
    people already experiencing it [23].

    A more recent development in the classifica-
    tion of prevention programs comes from the
    Institute of Medicine [24]. In this system, pro-
    grams are classified based on the characteristics
    of the audience they target. The three categories
    of prevention programs are known as universal,
    selective and indicated. Universal prevention in-
    volves interventions directed at the general
    public or an entire population (e.g., all middle
    school students); selective prevention programs
    are directed at a subgroup of a population that is
    at risk of developing the problem but is not yet
    exhibiting any difficulties; indicated prevention
    involves interventions targeted at high risk in-
    dividuals who show some signs or symptoms of
    a problem. In terms of old and new terminology,
    primary and universal prevention often are used
    interchangeably, as are indicated and secondary
    prevention [4].

    COMMON LABELS
    USED TO DESCRIBE

    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    Evidence-based programs and practices
    are often referred to by different names by
    various organizations. Though this can be
    confusing, these labels are for the most
    part, comparable. Some of the common
    labels used to describe programs that meet
    the criteria of evidence-based include:

    • Exemplary Programs (U.S. De-
    partment of Education)

    • Effective Programs (CDC, NIDA,
    DHHS)

    • Model Programs (SAMHSA,
    OJJDP, Blueprints, Surgeon Gen-
    eral)

    • Proven Programs (Promising Prac-
    tices Network)

    • What Works (Child Trends)

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 7

    Cost-Benefit Analysis

    Cost-benefit analysis (CBA) offers a practical
    method for helping policymakers consider al-
    ternative programs while facing limited
    resources. CBA is a major departure from tradi-
    tional measures of program effectiveness, which
    take into account only the strength of a pro-
    gram’s impact, while ignoring the costs. Using
    CBA, program options can be ranked according
    to their effectiveness per dollar of expenditure.
    In this report, we provide estimates of the eco-
    nomic returns in 2004 dollars for a wide range of
    crime prevention programs.

    Levin and McEwan define CBA as the
    “evaluation of alternatives according to their
    costs and benefits when each is measured in
    monetary terms” [25, p. 11]. The use of cost-
    benefit analysis to document the payoffs of edu-
    cation, prevention, and human service programs
    has increased in recent years [2,
    19]. When program outcomes
    cannot be easily converted to
    monetary terms, cost-
    effectiveness analysis (CEA) is
    recommended. In CEA, pro-
    gram costs are in monetary
    terms but benefits remain in the
    metric of the outcome measure, such as the per-
    cent decrease in a particular undesirable
    behavior. The major advantage of CBA over
    CEA, however, is that benefits for multiple out-
    comes can be summarized in dollar terms,
    expressed as either the net return (benefits mi-
    nus costs) or return per dollar invested (benefits
    divided by costs).

    The ability to conduct a CBA depends on
    whether or not it is possible to capture program
    benefits and costs in dollar terms. Typically, it is
    more difficult to calculate the dollar value of
    benefits than costs. Calculating program costs is
    relatively straightforward given that most costs
    can be identified and monetized. However, be-
    cause the outcomes of many prevention and
    treatment programs are not limited to delin-
    quency and crime, the estimated economic
    returns must take into account all the effects of

    program participation. Experiences that place
    children and youth at risk of delinquency
    should be taken into account (such as child mal-
    treatment and school underachievement) as well
    as later behaviors that are expected conse-
    quences of delinquency (such as lower
    educational attainment and economic hardship).
    As with nearly any assessment of program im-
    pact, another key requirement of CBA is that
    equivalent outcomes are available for a control
    group who received no program services (or
    received “the usual services”) and for an ex-
    perimental group whose members received the
    modified or new program or services of interest.
    Consequently, the economic benefits of a par-
    ticular program are derived from the average
    performance of program participants relative to
    control group participants.

    The economic benefits of prevention pro-
    grams cover a wide range and
    include youth delinquency,
    adult criminal behavior and
    related outcomes that can be
    readily converted to economic
    benefits. These outcomes in-
    clude increased economic well-
    being of participants (and asso-
    ciated tax revenues) and cost

    savings associated with the administration and
    treatment of children and youth in major service
    systems. The two categories that account for the
    largest share of potential economic returns are
    (a) cost savings to the criminal justice system
    and crime victims and (b) increased earning ca-
    pacity, sometimes measured indirectly by higher
    educational attainment. The first category is a
    benefit to the general public (i.e., taxpayer, gov-
    ernments, and crime victims). The second is
    primarily a benefit to program participants, but
    also has direct benefits for society when in-
    creased tax revenues are taken into
    consideration.

    CBA is generally used to report on the eco-
    nomic benefits to society at large, which is the
    sum of estimated benefits to the general public
    and to program participants. The two major in-
    dicators of these benefits are the net program

    Cost-benefit analysis
    (CBA) offers a practical

    method for helping
    policymakers consider
    alternative programs.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 8

    benefit and the benefit-cost ratio, which repre-
    sents the economic benefit to society per dollar
    invested in the program. Values above $1.00
    indicate that economic returns exceed costs.

    Note also that both actual and projected
    benefits are generally included in estimated
    benefits. Benefits can occur in the short- and
    long-run. The extent to which evaluations ad-
    dress long-term impacts depends on a range of
    factors including the goals of the program,
    whether sufficient time has elapsed to evaluate
    target outcomes for program participants, and
    whether investments have been made to evalu-
    ate the effects of the program over the long run.
    Primary prevention programs in the early child-
    hood area, for example, are more likely to be
    assessed for long-run effects a decade or more
    post-program, whereas programs for juvenile
    offenders usually have a much shorter time ho-
    rizon and are unlikely to track participants past
    the age of 18. It is worth noting that for many
    programs, the research findings are still limited
    to immediate program impacts or short-term
    follow-up studies. However, as longer-term fol-
    low-up becomes more widespread, evidence for
    the impacts of these programs – and better esti-
    mates of the long term cost savings – will
    become available.

    INFLUENCE OF THE WASHINGTON
    STATE STUDY ON THE PRESENT
    REPORT

    A major impetus for this report was the re-
    cent report commissioned and funded by the
    Washington State legislature. Aos and col-
    leagues at the Washington State Institute for
    Public Policy estimated the economic benefits
    and costs of a wide range of prevention and in-
    tervention programs to enhance the well-being
    of children and youth [2]. Unlike their earlier
    report [1], the researchers measured economic
    benefits associated with both crime prevention
    and non-crime outcomes such as substance
    abuse prevention and educational attainment.
    The study’s investigation of the effects of differ-
    ent programs was intended to advance public

    policies on behalf of Washington’s families and,
    by implication, those across the country.

    The Washington State report is notable be-
    cause it is the most complete account to date of
    the benefits and costs of social programs for
    children and youth. Spanning 1970 to 2003,
    evaluations of seven types of programs were
    synthesized including pre-kindergarten educa-
    tion, child welfare/home visitation, youth
    development, mentoring, teenage pregnancy
    prevention, youth substance abuse prevention,
    and juvenile offender programs. The assessed
    outcomes for estimating economic benefits were
    in seven areas: crime, substance abuse, educa-
    tion outcomes (e.g., achievement, school
    completion), teenage pregnancy and parent-
    hood, suicide attempts, child abuse, and
    domestic violence. Aos and colleagues found
    that programs and intervention approaches in
    four areas were particularly cost-effective. These
    included youth development programs with the
    goal of enhancing decision-making skills or par-
    ent-child relations; juvenile offender programs
    such as diversion interventions and family
    therapies; home visitation programs that pro-
    vide intensive services; and preschool education
    for 3- and 4-year-olds.

    As with the Washington State report, our
    report includes information on cost-effectiveness
    as a major indicator of program impact. We de-
    scribe programs that were identified in their
    report as well as in other publications. Never-
    theless, our report differs in several important
    ways. First, we emphasize programs that have
    demonstrated relatively high levels of cost-
    effectiveness in achieving their goals. Thus, the
    programs we describe are a select list that we
    believe provide the most payoff per dollar in-
    vested. Second, we base our CBA information
    on the original (or in some cases, most recent)
    cost-benefit analyses conducted for each pro-
    gram whenever possible. When no such original
    analyses exist, we revert to the Washington State
    study estimates, converted to 2004 dollar values.
    Finally, the present report goes well beyond the
    provision of cost-benefit information. The suc-
    cess of any particular program involves many

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 9

    factors aside from cost-effectiveness, such as its
    appropriateness for the target audience and how
    well it is implemented. In this report we include
    a thorough review of such factors so that deci-
    sion makers and practitioners can have a more

    complete picture of what it might take to select,
    fund and implement a cost-effective, evidence-
    based program directed at the prevention of ju-
    venile delinquency.

    II. COST-EFFECTIVE PROGRAMS TO
    PREVENT DELINQUENCY AND CRIME

    Based on a comprehensive review of the
    available evidence on crime prevention pro-
    grams, we describe effective programs for
    children and youth in three major classes: pri-
    mary prevention programs, secondary
    prevention programs, and juvenile offender
    programs. Primary prevention programs are
    interventions such as preschool programs that
    occur before children exhibit problems or anti-
    social behaviors. Secondary prevention pro-
    grams are implemented during the early cycle of
    delinquency when misbehavior and conduct
    problems are evident, but prior to full blown
    delinquency. Juvenile offender programs, which
    are often referred to as treatment programs or
    tertiary prevention programs, are interventions
    that occur after youth have been arrested. The
    goal of juvenile offender programs is to prevent
    recidivism. For the present report, we limit our
    discussion of juvenile offender programs to non-
    residential programs and approaches that are
    delivered to juvenile offenders in the commu-
    nity.

    Before describing the most effective pro-
    grams from our review, we summarize broad
    principles that appear to make prevention and
    juvenile offender programs effective and, for
    many of them, exemplary.

    PRINCIPLES OF EFFECTIVE PRIMARY
    AND

    SECONDARY PREVENTION
    PROGRAMS

    The most effective primary and secondary
    prevention programs related to delinquency
    share a number of key principles. Though there

    is great value in using established, proven pro-
    grams, that is not always possible. There will
    always be new and emerging programs that do
    not yet have the evaluation data to document
    their impact. Drawing on a range of studies and
    comprehensive reviews [26-28], these principles
    can serve as guidelines to those who are devel-
    oping new programs, wish to improve existing
    programs, or have the responsibility for making
    funding decisions about what is likely to work.

    Primary and secondary prevention pro-
    grams have similar principles of effectiveness.
    Effective programs are:

    • Delivered at a high dosage and inten-
    sity – Effective programs tend to have
    relatively greater amounts of contact
    time with participants whether it be
    number of sessions, hours, weeks, or
    years.

    • Comprehensive – Multi-component
    programs that address a variety of risk
    and protective factors are usually more
    effective than single-component pro-
    grams.

    • Appropriately timed – The most effec-
    tive programs address relevant factors
    or processes at specific times of need,
    and when participants are most recep-
    tive to change.

    • Developmentally appropriate – Pro-
    grams should be age and develop-
    mentally appropriate for the target au-
    dience of children, youth, or adults.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 10

    • Socio-culturally relevant – Tailoring the
    program to the cultural traditions of
    youth and their families enhances re-
    cruitment, retention and sometimes
    outcome attainment.

    • Implemented by well-trained, effective
    staff – The effectiveness of a program is
    tied to the staff’s personal characteristics
    such as efficacy and confidence, and
    their level of training, either by educa-
    tion or experience.

    • Supported by strong organizations –
    Effective programs receive administra-
    tive support, have low employee
    turnover rates, and have staff members
    who share the same vision.

    • Implemented using varied, active
    methods – Interactive skills training
    methods are much more likely than di-
    dactic lecturing to increase program
    effectiveness and client satisfaction.

    • Based on strong theory – High-quality
    programs have a strong theoretical justi-
    fication, are based on accurate
    information, and are supported by em-
    pirical research.

    • Evaluated regularly – Staff members are
    able to make modifications and improve
    program effectiveness when they sys-
    tematically document and reflect on
    implementation, processes, and results.

    PRINCIPLES OF EFFECTIVE JUVENILE
    OFFENDER PROGRAMS

    Criminologists studying the effectiveness of
    approaches and programs for juvenile offenders
    [e.g., 9, 29, 30] have identified several principles
    of effective intervention. These principles are
    based on meta-analyses1 of hundreds of pro-

    1 Meta-analysis is an increasingly common statistical
    technique for analyzing and comparing the findings
    of a body of previously conducted empirical studies.
    A meta-analysis is a study of existing studies that
    allows researchers to examine whether there are any
    systematic patterns or findings that emerge across
    studies.

    gram evaluations and reviews of the records of
    thousands of adult and juvenile offenders [31].
    These principles include:

    • The human service principle –
    Punishment, control, and surveillance
    will be ineffective at changing offenders’
    behavior if human services are not also
    provided.

    • The risk principle – Offenders should
    be assigned to interventions and ser-
    vices based on level of risk of
    recidivism, and that it is possible to clas-
    sify offenders by risk of re-offending.

    • The need principle – Interventions
    should be selected based on the crimi-
    nogenic needs (crime-related risk
    factors) of the individual juvenile of-
    fender, non-criminogenic needs are not
    worth targeting.

    • The responsivity principle – This prin-
    ciple has two parts, based on
    responding to offenders’ learning styles
    and willingness to change:
    o Interventions should take a be-

    havioral approach, based on
    cognitive and social learning theo-
    ries, so that offenders can learn
    new behaviors (“general respon-
    sivity”)

    o Interventions should be “fine-
    tuned” to maximize response
    from individual offenders, based
    on their motivation, maturity,
    learning style, anxiety level, etc.
    (“specific responsivity”); and

    • The fidelity principle – Programs
    should be implemented with integrity
    and fidelity to the original design, as re-
    lates to staff training and retention,
    duration and intensity of program con-
    tact, and caseloads for staff.

    Application of the principles of effective in-
    tervention requires the use of an assessment tool
    that provides the information needed to draw
    conclusions about level of risk, criminogenic
    needs, and the appropriateness of available dis-

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 11

    positions or diversion programs for an individ-
    ual offender. Accurate assessment – above and
    beyond the screening typically used to deter-
    mine whether a juvenile should be detained or
    referred for mental health services – is crucial to
    effective intervention [32]. Several states have
    developed standard assessments and require
    their use at juvenile intake [33, 34]. Wisconsin’s
    Juvenile Classification System [35] is currently
    used to assess offenders placed in juvenile cor-
    rectional facilities, but could be used more
    widely with revision and re-validation.

    SUMMARY OF SELECTED
    COST-EFFECTIVE PROGRAMS

    Table 1 describes prevention and juvenile
    offender programs that have been demonstrated
    to be among the most successful and cost-
    effective programs in achieving their objectives,
    either specifically in reducing delinquency and
    criminal behavior, or for outcomes that place
    children at significant risk of criminal behavior.
    The programs featured are not the only ones
    known to be effective, but were selected because
    of their solid documentation of impact and, in
    many cases, the availability of good cost-benefit
    data. In addition, we felt that these programs
    served as strong examples for the particular
    category of program being highlighted.

    Unlike the Washington State report, the em-
    phasis in our report is on a select set of
    programs we consider to be among the “best
    bets” for delinquency prevention in Wisconsin
    and in other states. Of course, new evidence on
    emerging or established programs will further
    inform policy decisions and complement the
    evidence we present.

    The selected programs and the evidence for
    their effectiveness are described in the review of
    programs and approaches that follows, in a
    more detailed table in Appendix A, and in Ap-
    pendix B, which also includes contact
    information for individual programs. Other ef-
    fective, evidence-based programs can be found
    in the program registries that are listed in Ap-
    pendix C.

    An important emphasis of this report is the
    economic benefits to society at large, as de-
    scribed above. The main categories of benefits
    for the programs we review are presented below
    in order of their typical contribution to economic
    benefits:

    • Reduced costs for the administration
    and treatment of individuals in the jus-
    tice system as juveniles and adults. For
    most studies, cost savings are projected
    over adulthood based on the available
    evidence on the program.

    • Savings to crime victims including tan-
    gible (e.g., hospitalization) and
    intangible (e.g., pain and suffering) costs
    associated with delinquency and crime.

    • Increased earnings and compensation of
    program participants in adulthood
    based on actual earnings, employment,
    or educational attainment at particular
    ages. Estimates are for projected lifetime
    earnings up to age 65.

    • Increased tax revenues to state and fed-
    eral governments based on estimated
    earnings and compensation.

    • Reduced costs for K-12 remedial ser-
    vices including special education
    placement and grade retention.

    • Reduced costs for the administration
    and treatment of children in the child
    welfare system due to reported child
    abuse and neglect. The tangible and in-
    tangible savings to maltreatment victims
    also are included.

    • Reduced costs for the administration
    and provision of social services includ-
    ing welfare and food stamps.

    • Reduced costs for substance abuse
    treatment and related services.

    We note that for some programs there are
    unique benefit categories that are not listed
    above. In center-based early childhood interven-
    tions, for example, parents have increased time
    available to devote to educational, economic, or
    personal development. This is measured as a

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 12

    benefit to program participants. Savings associ-
    ated with reduced rates of teenage parenthood
    as well as health and mental health problems
    also are applicable. Seemingly non-economic
    outcomes such as achievement test scores and

    conduct problem ratings can be converted to
    economic benefits on the basis of their docu-
    mented links to educational attainment and
    juvenile crime [2].

    TABLE 1.
    Summary of Selected Effective Programs for Preventing Crime and Enhancing Well-Being

    Per Participant Costs and Benefits in $2004

    Program
    Target group/
    Focus

    Intensity
    and length

    Major crime
    prevention
    impacts

    Impacts linked to
    crime prevention

    Benefits
    Costs

    Net benefit
    (Benefits –

    Costs)

    Return
    per $1

    invested

    Primary Prevention
    Preschool Education

    Child-Parent
    Centers

    Child/
    Enrichment,
    Parent
    involvement

    Part day,
    1-2 years

    Arrests,
    Incarceration
    up to age 24

    Ed attainment
    Achievement
    Abuse & neglect

    78,732
    7,755

    70,977 10.15

    High/Scope Perry
    Preschool

    Child/
    Enrichment,
    Home visits

    Part day,
    1-2 years

    Arrests,
    Incarceration
    up to age 40

    Achievement
    Ed attainment
    Income

    145,414
    16,648

    283,995
    16,648

    128,766

    267,347

    8.74
    (age 27)

    17.07
    (age 40)

    Abecedarian
    Project

    Child/
    Enrichment

    Up to 8
    years,
    including
    full day for
    5 years

    None reported Ed attainment
    Achievement
    Mother
    employment

    142,327
    70,588

    71,739 2.02

    Family Support

    Nurse-Family
    Partnership –
    High risk

    Parent/
    Home visits

    2 hrs
    biweekly,
    2-2 ½ years

    Arrests up to
    age 15

    Abuse & neglect
    Substance use
    Teen pregnancy

    37,041
    7,324

    29,717 5.06

    Strengthening
    Families Program
    10-14

    Parent, child/
    Groups

    2 hrs
    weekly,
    7-14 weeks

    Conduct
    problems

    Substance use
    Peer pressure

    6,833
    874

    5,959 7.82

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 13

    Per Participant Costs and Benefits in $2004
    Program
    Target group/
    Focus
    Intensity
    and length
    Major crime
    prevention
    impacts
    Impacts linked to
    crime prevention
    Benefits
    Costs
    Net benefit
    (Benefits –
    Costs)
    Return
    per $1
    invested

    Social-Emotional Learning

    Skills,
    Opportunities,
    and Recognition

    School
    population/
    Parent and
    teacher
    training

    Consistent
    through
    primary
    grades

    Violent
    behavior

    School behavior
    Achievement

    Alcohol misuse

    14,810
    4,712

    10,100 3.14

    Olweus Bullying
    Prevention
    Program

    School
    population/
    Improving
    school
    environment

    Consistent
    through
    school years

    Vandalism,
    fighting, theft,
    and bullying

    School behavior

    — — —

    Secondary Prevention
    Family Training

    Family Effective-
    ness Training

    Child,
    Family/
    Training and
    therapy

    1-1.5 hrs
    weekly
    13 weeks

    Conduct
    problems

    Peer association
    Family
    functioning

    — — —

    Social Skills Training

    Positive
    Adolescent
    Choices Training

    Child/
    Social skills
    training

    Unspecified Aggression
    Violent
    behavior
    Arrests

    None reported — — —

    Mentoring

    Big Brothers Big
    Sisters

    Youth/
    Mentoring

    2-4 times
    monthly
    12 months

    Violent
    behavior
    School behavior
    Achievement

    4,166
    4,117

    49 1.01

    Vocational/Job Training

    Job Corps Youth/
    Residential
    training

    Full day, 4-6
    months

    Arrests
    Incarceration

    Income
    Ed attainment
    Welfare use

    22,883
    15,804

    7,079 1.45

    Juvenile Offender Programs
    Diversion

    Adolescent Diver-
    sion Project

    Youth/
    Case mgmt,
    mentoring

    6-8 hours
    per week, 18
    weeks

    Reduced
    recidivism

    None reported 24,708
    1,825

    22,883 13.54

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 14

    Per Participant Costs and Benefits in $2004
    Program
    Target group/
    Focus
    Intensity
    and length
    Major crime
    prevention
    impacts
    Impacts linked to
    crime prevention
    Benefits
    Costs
    Net benefit
    (Benefits –
    Costs)
    Return
    per $1
    invested

    Therapeutic Interventions

    Multisystemic
    Therapy

    Youth/
    Family
    therapy

    60 hours,
    4 months

    Re-arrests
    Out-of-home
    placement

    Family function
    Mental health

    15,395
    5,832

    9,563 2.64

    Functional Family
    Therapy

    Family/
    Family
    therapy

    8-12 hours Re-offending
    Sibling
    delinquency

    Family
    communication

    29,111
    2,197

    26,914 13.25

    Multidimensional
    Treatment Foster
    Care*

    Youth/ Foster
    care with
    therapeutic
    treatment

    Residential,
    6-9 months

    Re-arrests
    Subsequent
    days incarcer-
    ated

    Hard drug use 27,460*
    2,524*

    24,936* 10.88*

    Case Management/Multimodal Interventions

    Repeat Offender
    Prevention

    Youth/
    Case mgmt;
    center- and
    home-based
    services

    Daily, 12-18
    months

    Sustained
    petitions for
    new offenses

    Drug use
    Completion of
    court-ordered
    obligations

    — — —

    Standard Services**

    Juvenile Court Youth/
    Formal
    hearing,
    adjudication,
    & disposition

    2-3 hearings;
    length of
    supervision
    varies

    N/A N/A Average
    cost =
    2,000

    N/A N/A

    Standard proba-
    tion

    Youth/
    Monitoring &
    supervision

    Weekly
    contact, min.
    12 months

    N/A N/A Annual
    cost =

    2,160

    N/A N/A

    Juvenile Correc-
    tional Institution

    Youth/
    Confinement
    & treatment

    Residential;
    length varies

    N/A N/A Annual
    cost =

    68,255

    N/A N/A

    Note: The estimated economic benefits include actual and projected economic returns through adulthood. Estimates of both costs
    and benefits across studies are based on different sets of assumptions and different lengths of follow up. Estimates from the
    Washington State study are based on a different set of assumptions than those of the other reports.

    * Costs and benefits for Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care (TFC) are given in comparison to regular group home treat-
    ment. One year of TFC costs $2,524 more than group home care for the average participant, and yields $27,460 in benefits
    per participant, as compared to group home residents. All other program costs and benefits are stated in comparison to “no
    treatment.”

    ** Standard services are included in the table for the purpose of cost comparison.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 15

    III. REVIEW OF PROGRAMS AND APPROACHES

    We now summarize the evidence for pre-
    vention and juvenile offender programs,
    emphasizing findings from the programs de-
    scribed in Table 1. We also summarize
    principles that are consistent across the effective
    programs in each category. As noted earlier,
    these principles are derived from the available
    evidence on particular programs, and have gen-
    erally not been tested independently. However,
    they are useful for the design and initial assess-
    ment of new or untested programs and the
    improvement of existing programs within these
    categories.

    In each category, we also briefly describe
    emerging programs and programs currently in
    wide use in Wisconsin. Emerging programs are
    ones that appear promising but may not yet
    have strong evidence of impact or cost-
    effectiveness. Several of these programs seem
    conceptually and operationally strong enough to
    contribute to crime prevention in the future. We
    are less certain of the effectiveness of others, but
    include the available information in this review
    because the approaches are
    gaining in popularity in the
    state and warrant more criti-
    cal attention.

    We address the pro-
    grams and approaches
    within ten categories in
    three broad areas: Primary
    Prevention, Secondary Prevention, and Juvenile
    Offender Programs.

    PRIMARY PREVENTION PROGRAMS

    In the following section, we describe evi-
    dence on programs for young people who are
    relatively healthy and have not shown signs of
    problem behavior leading to delinquency. How-
    ever, they may be at risk of later delinquency
    because they come from economically disadvan-
    taged families or neighborhoods, have a parent
    with a delinquency history, or possess other risk
    factors. These programs generally begin early in

    the life course and build general cognitive, aca-
    demic, social, and emotional competencies.

    Preschool Education

    Preschool programs refer to education in the
    early years of life before kindergarten. Although
    they are implemented for children at all levels of
    socio-economic status, the preschool programs
    identified as most effective tend to serve eco-
    nomically disadvantaged children. Center-based
    preschool education programs are specifically
    designed to promote children’s cognitive, psy-
    chological, and social-emotional development.
    Many preschool programs also provide family
    services in a variety of forms ranging from home
    visits and social service referrals to promoting
    family-school partnerships. Family outcomes are
    nevertheless conceptualized as secondary to
    children’s. Because they follow the school calen-
    dar, preschool programs have among the
    highest dosages and greatest intensities of pre-
    vention programs, ranging from 540 hours for a
    part-day, one-year program to large multiples of

    this amount for multi-year
    and full-day programs that
    provide comprehensive ser-
    vices.

    Scores of studies over
    the years have found that
    participation in preschool is
    associated with positive

    short- and longer-term school and social ad-
    justment outcomes [36, 37]. Studies of three
    programs reveal significant effects on many in-
    dicators of well-being into adulthood, including
    reduced crime [38-40]. These effects translate
    into high economic returns. These three pre-
    school programs are the High/Scope Perry
    Preschool, the Chicago Child-Parent Centers,
    and the Abecedarian Project. The Perry and
    Child-Parent Center programs are part-day pro-
    grams for 3- and 4-year-olds whereas
    Abecedarian provides full-time educational day
    care for five years. Evaluations of these pre-

    Scores of studies over the years
    have found that participation in

    preschool is associated with
    positive school and social

    adjustment outcomes.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 16

    school programs included well-matched com-
    parison groups for assessing long-term
    outcomes. As shown in Table 1, each program
    has economic benefits that far exceed costs.

    The Perry program has conducted follow-up
    studies of its program participants when they
    were 27 and 40 years old. The evaluations indi-
    cate that the program group had fewer arrests
    for violent, property, drug, and other crimes,
    and spent fewer months incarcerated. They were
    also less likely to repeat a grade, more likely to
    graduate from high school, more likely to be
    employed at ages 27 and 40, more likely to own
    their homes, and less likely to use social ser-
    vices. Based on the results up to age 40, we
    estimate a return of $283,995 for the cost of
    $16,648 per participant [38].

    The Chicago Child-Parent Centers program
    has followed a sample of 989 program partici-
    pants and 550 comparison group members up to
    age 24, and has found significantly lower rates
    of juvenile arrest, adult convictions, and incar-
    ceration among program participants. Program
    participation also was associated with higher
    educational attainment and school achievement
    and with lower rates of child maltreatment and
    remedial education [39].

    The Abecedarian Project has shown a simi-
    lar pattern of effects as the Perry and Chicago
    programs, with the exception that no statistically
    significant effects for crime prevention have
    been detected, although the numerical differ-
    ences favor the program group [40]. This finding
    may be a function of the small sample size and
    the low base rate of arrests in rural North Caro-
    lina where the sample resides.

    Although the costs of the programs are sig-
    nificantly different from each other, the benefit-
    cost ratios all exceed 2, ranging from $2.02 per
    dollar invested for Abecedarian to $10.15 and
    $17.07 per dollar invested for the Chicago and
    Perry programs. The relatively low ratio for
    Abecedarian is the result of the high cost per
    participant (about $71,000 for five years). These
    programs’ net economic benefits (benefits minus
    costs) were the largest of all of the programs we

    review in this report, ranging from about
    $70,000 per participant for the Abecedarian pro-
    ject and up to $267,000 per participant for the
    Perry program. Note however, that the eco-
    nomic returns for the Perry program may be a
    function of the length of follow up, since the
    other programs have just begun their long-term
    adult follow-ups, and may prove to have similar
    long-term benefits.

    The primary sources of the economic bene-
    fits of the programs were the increased earnings
    of the participants (and the resulting tax reve-
    nues) and public savings due to reduced crime,
    averted crime victim costs, and reduced need for
    rehabilitation and treatment. The crime-related
    savings were the largest economic benefits by
    far for the Perry Preschool and the Chicago
    Child-Parent Centers program.

    There appear to be five common elements of
    effectiveness across these programs and in the
    field at large. First, the preschool staff members
    were well trained and earned competitive sala-
    ries. Teachers for the Perry and Chicago
    programs had at least bachelor’s degrees with
    certification in early childhood, while the Abe-
    cedarian teachers earned salaries that were
    competitive with those of public school teachers,
    which is unusual for such programs. Second,
    comprehensive services were provided in the
    form of center-based education for children and
    support services for families either through
    home visits, intensive school involvement, or
    health and nutrition services. For example, the
    Chicago program emphasized family-school
    partnerships and resource mobilization. The
    third common feature of the programs was the
    relatively high dosage and intensity of services
    as compared to other prevention programs.
    Children in the Perry and Chicago programs
    had close to 1,000 hours of participation, while
    participation in the Abecedarian project ap-
    proached 5,000 hours. Child to staff ratios were
    small and ranged from about four to eight chil-
    dren per staff member. In addition, each had a
    curriculum philosophy that was well imple-
    mented. Finally, each of the programs provided

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 17

    a literacy-rich learning environment with a wide
    range of age-appropriate educational activities.

    Although not subjected to cost-benefit
    analysis, many other preschool programs have
    demonstrated positive effects on early and later
    school performance that may lead to significant
    levels of cost-effectiveness. These include among
    others, Head Start [41], the Syracuse Family
    Development Research Program [42], projects
    in the Cornell Consortium for Longitudinal
    Studies on Child Abuse and Neglect [36], and
    state-funded programs in Georgia, Illinois, and
    Oklahoma [43].

    Family Support Programs

    One of the most important influences on the
    lives of children and youth is the family setting
    in which

    they grow up.

    A plethora of research
    has documented the importance of the family in
    the prevention of delinquency and other prob-
    lems and the promotion of healthy, positive
    development. Poor parenting skills and parent-
    child relations often lead to a range of negative
    outcomes for youth, including criminal and
    other risk-taking behavior. Most of the evidence-
    based primary prevention fam-
    ily programs that have been
    found to reduce delinquency
    fall into one of two types: home
    visitation and parent educa-
    tion/training programs.

    Home visitation programs

    Home visitation programs are an increas-
    ingly popular approach to family-focused
    prevention. It is estimated that over half of a
    million children in the United States are cur-
    rently enrolled in some type of home visitation
    program [44]. Most home visitation programs
    are directed at first-time mothers when the
    women are pregnant or when the child is very
    young. The major goals are to improve preg-
    nancy outcomes, promote child development,
    reduce parental stress, prevent child maltreat-
    ment, and increase effective parenting. These
    programs are rarely focused directly on delin-

    quency prevention and crime reduction per se,
    but several long-term studies have found that
    some home visitation programs have the poten-
    tial to reduce such problematic outcomes while
    more generally improving the lives of mothers
    and their children [45, 46]. Home visitor pro-
    grams vary along several dimensions, including
    the target population(s), intended outcomes,
    type of service provider, duration, intensity, and
    the types of services available. However, they all
    share three assumptions: 1) that parents play a
    critical role in well-being and development of
    their children; 2) that intervening and support-
    ing parents as early as possible is the best
    approach; and 3) that resources and education
    should be brought directly to families rather
    than expecting families to seek them out on their
    own.

    The diversity of home visiting programs has
    made the synthesis of their effects rather diffi-
    cult. Overall, the literature on home visiting
    indicates that in some programs, at-risk families
    with young children who receive home visita-
    tion services fare better than control group
    families on multiple outcomes. A recent meta-

    analysis of home-visiting pro-
    grams found that families in
    home-visiting programs did not
    have significantly less parental
    stress or reports of child abuse
    than other families [47]. In addi-
    tion, mothers in these programs
    did not differ from the control
    group mothers in terms of self-

    sufficiency, employment, or dependence on so-
    cial services. However, positive effects did
    emerge on some measures, such as parenting
    attitudes and behavior and children’s cognitive
    and social-emotional development.

    Although the evidence for the effectiveness
    of some home visiting programs has been
    mixed, one program has emerged as the exem-
    plary program of its kind by consistently
    demonstrating an array of positive results in
    rigorous evaluations. Evaluations of the Nurse-
    Family Partnership Program (NFP) [45, 46] have
    found that compared to controls, individuals

    One of the most important
    influences on the lives of
    children and youth is the
    family setting in which

    they grow up.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 18

    born to women in the program experienced
    fewer incidences of running away from home in
    adolescence. In addition, these adolescents had
    fewer arrests, convictions, probation violations,
    and sexual partners, and used less alcohol and
    tobacco. Furthermore, this home visiting pro-
    gram resulted in numerous positive outcomes
    affecting the participating mothers and other
    family members. These outcomes included sig-
    nificant reductions in maternal substance abuse
    during pregnancy, fewer incidences of child
    maltreatment, smaller family size, fewer closely
    spaced births, and less reliance on welfare [45,
    46].

    The costs of home visit-
    ing programs can be fairly
    high, especially if profes-
    sional home visitors are
    used. For example, the esti-
    mated cost for the NFP
    program is $7,324 per family;
    at the lower end, the cost per
    family for implementing
    other home visitor programs
    like Healthy Families America is nearly two-
    thirds less. However, the impact and economic
    benefits of the more expensive NFP program are
    significantly greater and make the former pro-
    gram a much more worthy investment. The net
    benefit of the NFP program is $29,717, which
    translates into a benefit of $5.06 for every dollar
    invested. In contrast, a less effective program
    like Healthy Families America yields a return
    significantly less than one dollar for every dollar
    invested [2].

    Research has identified a number of charac-
    teristics of the NFP program that have
    contributed to its success and cost-effectiveness
    [48]. First, home visits begin early, well before
    the child is born, and last for about two years
    after the child’s birth. In other words, support-
    ing a mother before her child is born helps
    ensure that she gets off to a good start during
    the critical first few months of parenthood.
    Equally important is that the program is of suffi-
    cient duration and intensity, involving more
    than two full years of regular home visits. Each

    home visitor carries a caseload of no more than
    25 families, allowing for appropriate intensity of
    services. Another reason for NFP’s effectiveness
    is that it is comprehensive, targeting parental
    and environmental health, care-giving skills,
    positive maternal development, and social sup-
    port from family and friends. Home visitors also
    assess the needs of individual families and pro-
    vide referrals to appropriate services in the
    community. One critical aspect of the program,
    often overlooked by other home visiting ap-
    proaches, involves the degree of supervision
    provided to staff. Each home visitor is part of a
    supervised team of 8 to 10 home visitors who

    meet regularly to discuss
    clients and receive ongoing
    guidance from a supervisor.
    A final critical aspect of NFP
    is the level of professional
    qualifications required of the
    home visitors. This program
    uses only trained nurses as
    home visitors. Most other
    home visiting programs

    have used other types of professionals, parapro-
    fessionals and volunteers as home visitors with
    much less success.

    These features of the NFP program help to
    explain why it has been so successful in produc-
    ing positive outcomes for mothers and their
    children. Unfortunately, the remarkable success
    of a few home visitor programs like NFP has led
    to the rapid growth of other home visiting pro-
    grams, many of which fail to take into account
    the key ingredients that make such programs
    effective. There has been a tendency to dilute
    such programs by using less qualified home
    visitors, not providing staff with regular training
    and guidance, and significantly reducing the
    number of home visits families receive. While
    these tactics will notably reduce the costs of the
    program, they do so at the expense of impact
    and cost-effectiveness.

    Parent education and training programs

    Research clearly demonstrates that parents
    and other adult caregivers are among the most

    The remarkable success of some
    home visitor programs has led

    to the rapid growth of other
    home visiting programs, many

    of which fail to take into
    account the key ingredients that
    make such programs effective.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 19

    important influences for promoting positive
    child and adolescent development and reducing
    problematic outcomes like drug abuse, violence
    and delinquency. In fact, most scholars agree
    that a positive family environment which in-
    cludes parental supervision; positive, supportive
    communication; clear rules and guidance; and
    consistent discipline are “the major reasons
    youth do not engage in delinquent or unhealthy
    behaviors” [27, p. 457]. In response to the impor-
    tant role that parents play in guiding and
    protecting their children, numerous parent edu-
    cation and training programs have emerged
    over the past several decades. Unfortunately,
    while there are thousands of parent educa-
    tion/training programs being offered throughout
    the United States and Wisconsin, very few of
    them are proven, evidence-based programs. Na-
    tional estimates indicate that only 10% of family
    support practitioners are implementing evi-
    dence-based programs [27].

    Parent training programs are generally be-
    havioral and skill-focused, and fall into two
    formats: 1) training for parents alone and
    2) training for both parents and children.

    Programs that only include parents usually
    involve skills training, directed at bringing
    about cognitive, affective and behavior changes
    in parents. Parents are also taught how to in-
    crease their positive interactions with their
    children, reward positive behavior and ignore
    undesirable behavior, and improve communica-
    tion and child compliance. A review of parent-
    only programs found that this approach tends to
    be most effective for families with younger chil-
    dren (ages 3 to 10) and when the program also
    includes additional sessions where parents are
    given time to address their own issues [27].

    Although meta-analyses of parent-only pro-
    grams have indicated that some are quite
    effective at preventing youth problem behav-
    iors, programs that incorporate training for both
    parents and children have been found to be
    more effective in producing positive outcomes
    for children [49]. Programs that also incorporate
    a child-focused component tend to be most ef-

    fective when they include opportunities for
    children to learn how to manage anger and emo-
    tions; accept and give constructive criticism or
    praise; develop problem solving, decision-
    making, peer resistance, and communication
    skills; and develop friendships with prosocial
    peers. In addition, some programs give parents
    and children the opportunity to practice their
    skills together, leading to the promotion of more
    positive parent-child interaction and communi-
    cation. Perhaps the most important reason why
    parent-child family programs are more effective
    than parent-only programs is that they address
    more risk and protective factors. In addition to
    enhancing parenting skills, they also promote
    the child’s social competence and the facilitation
    of positive family interactions and communica-
    tion. Such programs have been found to work
    best for elementary and middle school children.

    Research on both parent-only and family-
    focused interventions indicates that the most
    effective programs share a number of important
    features [50]. Such programs are comprehensive,
    addressing a broad range of risk and protective
    factors in the family environment. Programs are
    also interactive, requiring family members to
    interact with each other (and other group mem-
    bers, when appropriate). Programs that use
    didactic instruction are less effective in produc-
    ing change in individuals. Research has
    indicated the timing of programs to be critical;
    first, the program implementation must occur
    when family members are amenable to change.
    In addition, programs are generally more effec-
    tive when they intervene earlier in the child’s
    life, especially before problems have occurred or
    become severe. Programs beginning later carry
    the burden of correcting years of dysfunctional
    family interactions. Finally, the program’s dura-
    tion should be sufficient for the types of
    relational and behavioral changes that are
    sought. For example, highly dysfunctional fami-
    lies require a higher-intensity intervention for a
    longer period of time. It should be noted that
    most current evidence-based parenting pro-
    grams involve a minimum of 5 sessions, with
    most requiring 10 or more sessions. In contrast,

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 20

    many of the unproven parenting programs cur-
    rently in use consist of fewer sessions, which
    may in part explain their ineffectiveness.

    One of the reasons that parenting programs
    can be so cost-effective is that by helping parents
    acquire new childrearing and relational skills, a

    Wisconsin Ideas:
    FAMILIES AND SCHOOLS TOGETHER (FAST)

    One widely implemented prevention program, Families and Schools Together (FAST), was devel-
    oped in Wisconsin and continues to attract the attention of prevention-oriented researchers and
    practitioners. The FAST program, developed by Dr. Lynn McDonald of the Wisconsin Center for Edu-
    cation Research, University of Wisconsin–Madison, is currently implemented in 45 states in the U.S.
    and five countries internationally.1 It has been recognized as an evidence-based program by the Sub-
    stance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), the Strengthening America’s
    Families project, and the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP).

    This program is built on the belief that parents are necessary prevention agents in their children’s
    lives. The program targets children 4 to 12 years old and their families. Initially the program was de-
    veloped for high-risk children and their families; it is currently also being implemented as a universal
    program in schools in high-risk communities. Each program site serves 5 to 25 families at a time for 8 to
    10 weeks of intensive group-based intervention. Families come together, often at their children’s school,
    for family meals, parent-child play time, and parent support groups. Following graduation from the
    intensive 8-week intervention, parents participate in FASTWORKS, comprised of two years of monthly
    community planning sessions.2

    The FAST program has shown positive results in four experimental evaluations. To date, no long-
    term follow up studies have been conducted to determine FAST’s effects on juvenile delinquency, al-
    though current data indicate that FAST can alter several risk and protective factors for delinquency.
    Compared to control group children, FAST children at post-test showed lower levels of aggression and
    anxiety, and higher levels of social skills and academic performance. In addition, parents in the FAST
    program increased their school and community involvement.2, 3, 4

    Costs for FAST implementation are estimated at $1,200 per family.4 Currently no cost-benefit analy-
    sis of the FAST program is available, although a preliminary analysis is planned for Fall 2005.5

    Recently an adaptation of FAST, called Baby FAST, has begun implementation at 10 sites in Wis-
    consin. Baby FAST serves new parents, particularly teenage parents, with children 0 to 3 years old in 8
    weekly group meetings. Program developers are currently evaluating aspects of the Baby FAST pro-
    gram for effectiveness.6

    1 FAST Program Description. Retrieved May 20, 2005, from http://www.wcer.wisc.edu/fast/

    2 McDonald, L. FAST Fact Sheet. Retrieved May 9, 2005, from
    http://www.wcer.wisc.edu/fast/how/FACTsheets/FACTSheet_18

    3 Development Services Group for the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. (2004). Model programs guide
    (Version 3.2). Retrieved March 18, 2005, from
    http://www.dsgonline.com/Model_Programs_Guide/Web/mpg_index_flash.htm

    4 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). SAMHSA Model Programs. Retrieved May 18,
    2005, from http://modelprograms.samhsa.gov/

    5 Trahan, M., FAST Program Manager, Wisconsin Center for Education Research, UW–Madison. Personal communication
    with S. Cooney, May 19, 2005.

    6 Baby FAST. Retrieved 2005, May 24, from http://www.wcer.wisc.edu/fast/how/Baby%5FFAST/

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 21

    new family environment is created that remains
    in place long after the program is over. As a re-
    sult, the intervention can have long-lasting
    effects not only for a target child, but also for his
    or her siblings. Such sibling spillover effects are
    not usually taken into account in cost-benefit
    estimates of such programs, which likely results
    in conservative estimates of the programs’ true
    benefits.

    One of the most well-studied and effective
    family-focused prevention programs is the
    Strengthening Families Program for Parents
    and Youth 10 to 14 (SFP 10-14). This universal,
    primary prevention program is implemented
    with families who have children between the
    ages of 10 and 14. It provides opportunities for
    parents and children to work separately on skill
    building and then participate in activities to-
    gether to practice their skills and address
    common issues. The SFP 10-14 program runs for
    seven sessions with the option of four additional
    booster sessions. Evaluations of the program
    have found that children who participated were
    less likely to use alcohol and other drugs, were
    less aggressive, had fewer conduct problems,
    and resisted peer pressure better than youth in
    the control group at a four-year follow-up [3,
    51]. Program parents were found to show more
    affection and set more appropriate limits for
    their children. The relatively brief nature of the
    program (7 sessions) along with its well-
    documented and impressive impacts has made
    this an increasingly popular program. In Wis-
    consin, the University of Wisconsin-Extension,
    Cooperative Extension, has made this a priority
    program and has begun to implement it around
    the state, often in cooperation with other local
    agencies. The program is relatively inexpensive
    to implement and has been found to have an
    impressive benefit-cost ratio. The program has
    been found to save $7.82 in avoided future costs
    for every dollar invested.

    Social-Emotional Learning Programs

    The last century has seen increased pressure
    on schools to prevent unhealthy and delinquent
    behavior in children. Schools are now expected

    to provide an education that prepares children
    not just for future work, but also for fully re-
    sponsible citizenship. Unfortunately, the
    individual-level factors found in children with
    behavior problems can influence others in the
    school setting. Moreover, when a large number
    of children with these characteristics attend the
    same school, the result can be a school environ-
    ment replete with aggression, bullying, gangs,
    and disrespect for people and personal property.

    Some researchers in the area of school-based
    prevention have suggested Social-Emotional
    Learning (SEL) programs as an effective ap-
    proach for schools that want to prevent student
    problem behaviors. SEL is defined as “the proc-
    ess of developing the ability to recognize and
    manage emotions, develop caring and concern
    for others, make responsible decisions, establish
    positive relationships, and handle challenging
    situations effectively” [52]. Programs of this type
    provide frameworks for the whole school sys-
    tem, including parents and community
    members, to fully promote the social and emo-
    tional competencies of students. Proponents of
    this category of programs contend there are five
    skills that can be taught in schools for the maxi-
    mum benefit of student development [52]:

    (1) Self-awareness, defined as knowing and
    understanding one’s own feelings,
    thoughts, and abilities;

    (2) Social awareness, defined as knowing
    and understanding others’ thoughts and
    feelings, and having the ability to inter-
    act with diverse individuals;

    (3) Self-management, defined as setting
    goals and overcoming obstacles to
    achievement, and handling personal
    emotions in a positive, constructive
    manner;

    (4) Relationship skills, defined as beginning
    and maintaining positive relationships,
    resisting negative pressure from peers,
    resolving conflict peacefully, and coop-
    erating with others; and

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 22

    (5) Responsible decision-making, defined
    as considering the advantages and dis-
    advantages of actions and taking
    responsibility for one’s own behavior.

    Recent meta-analyses indicate that imple-
    menting prevention programs in schools can
    decrease school dropout and truancy, substance
    abuse, conduct problems, delinquent behavior,
    and drug use [53]. The Skills, Opportunities,
    and Recognition (SOAR) program, formerly
    known as the Seattle Social Development Pro-
    ject, has been found to be an especially cost-
    effective program for the prevention of youth
    delinquency. This program, which targets chil-
    dren in grades 1 through 6 in urban areas,
    consists of two components: cooperative, devel-
    opmentally-appropriate teaching practices in the
    classroom and optional parental education
    classes. The program is somewhat unique in that
    it targets both family and school risk factors.

    An evaluation of this program in Seattle
    elementary schools found that at the beginning
    of the 5th grade, program students, compared to
    control group students, reported higher scores
    on measures of family bonding, communication,
    involvement, and proactive management. Stu-
    dents participating in the program perceived
    school to be more rewarding, and they were
    more attached and more committed to school.
    Program students also reported lower levels of
    alcohol use and delinquency [54]. Another
    evaluation found that six years after completing
    the program, the program participants showed
    positive outcomes on multiple measures com-
    pared to control group individuals. Program
    students reported better behavior in school,
    greater attachment to school, and greater im-
    provement in academic achievement. Program
    participants were also less likely than controls to
    report committing violent acts, drinking alcohol
    heavily, engaging in sexual intercourse, and
    having more than one sexual partner [55].

    Cost-benefit analyses reveal that the benefits
    of the SOAR program significantly outweigh the
    costs. The program costs approximately $4,712

    per participant, but the gains to society total
    $14,810, a $3.14 return for every dollar invested.

    Research has highlighted several character-
    istics of successful SEL programs. First, no one
    practice or program is likely to have a large, sus-
    tainable effect on behavior [53]. Instead,
    providing continuous, multi-faceted instruction
    will produce the most beneficial effects. For ex-
    ample, the success of the SOAR program can be
    explained in part by the persistence of its im-
    plementation in each school. When schools
    implement the SOAR program, they do so con-
    tinuously from first through sixth grade. In
    addition, effective school-based programming is
    developmentally appropriate. The implementa-
    tion of SOAR varies at each grade level to target
    skills most appropriate for the program stu-
    dents. The optional parenting education
    programs are also adjusted to the ages of the
    program students. Because of the differing de-
    velopmental needs and strengths of youth in
    elementary, middle, and high schools, effective
    SEL programs necessarily take different forms
    for different ages [56]:

    Elementary school. This time in a child’s life is
    filled with changes in the cognitive and social
    realms. Effective programs implemented during
    this period help children develop their personal
    and social competencies to achieve pro-social
    goals. Developing the ability to accurately proc-
    ess and positively respond to social information
    is important at this stage. Children in elemen-
    tary schools are ideal for programs that promote
    non-violent values and develop conflict resolu-
    tion skills. Because violent behavior is learned,
    programs that start early can prevent violence
    throughout the life span.

    Middle school. Young adolescents face pre-
    dictable changes in cognitive abilities, physical
    maturation, and increased influence from their
    social environment. Exploratory and non-
    conforming behavior is normal at this stage.
    However, the adoption of a healthy lifestyle and
    the ability to make responsible decisions affects
    present and future quality of life. Effective pro-
    grams at this stage engage families, provide life

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 23

    skills training for the adoption of healthy behav-
    iors, and provide productive extra-curricular
    activities for students.

    High school. Although programs target com-
    petencies that continue from the middle school
    years, here the focus is on students becoming
    mature, responsible, productive citizens. Effec-
    tive high school programs aim to develop the
    skills needed for success in adult life including
    those related to health and physical activity,
    personal relationships, decision-making, creativ-
    ity, employment, citizenship, and moral/ethical
    values.

    School-based primary prevention programs
    other than SOAR have shown positive out-
    comes. One such program is the Olweus
    Bullying Prevention program, a universal pre-
    vention program designed for school-wide
    implementation. The program aims to reduce
    and prevent bullying and victimization in
    schools. An evaluation using a pre-test and post-
    test design in 42 Norwegian schools found re-
    ductions in bullying, victimization, vandalism,
    fighting, theft, and truancy. Students also re-
    ported more positive attitudes toward their
    school after participating in the program [57].
    Unfortunately, no cost-benefit analyses or long-
    term follow-up studies have been conducted on
    the Bullying Prevention program to date.

    SECONDARY PREVENTION
    PROGRAMS

    This section describes programs for children
    and youth who already exhibit some problem
    behaviors within family or school settings but
    have not been arrested and processed as juvenile
    offenders. Secondary prevention programs aim
    to remediate these problem behaviors before
    they become more serious.

    Family Training Programs

    As noted above, a plethora of research has
    documented the importance of the family in the
    prevention of youth delinquency and the pro-
    motion of healthy, positive development.
    Family Effectiveness Training (FET) has

    emerged as an effective, family-focused secon-
    dary prevention program. FET targets Hispanic
    families with children 6 to 12 years old in which
    family conflict, often the result of both family
    development and acculturation processes, is
    occurring. The program posits that behavioral
    disorders of the child are the result of maladap-
    tive family processes. A therapist or facilitator
    works with the family members in 13 weekly
    sessions to strengthen current positive family
    interactions and to provide treatment for nega-
    tive patterns of interaction. An evaluation of this
    program found that compared to a control
    group, youth in the training had fewer conduct
    and personality problems, demonstrated greater
    maturity, and held more positive self-concepts.
    Families improved their functioning relative to
    controls. At a six-month follow-up assessment,
    intervention families continued to fare better
    than controls on most measures [58]. Unfortu-
    nately, cost-benefit analyses have not been
    conducted on this family-focused secondary
    prevention program.

    The Strengthening Families program de-
    veloped at the University of Utah has been
    recognized by several agencies as an evidence-
    based family training program [59]. This secon-
    dary prevention program is similar to the
    SFP 10-14 primary prevention program, but it
    requires a greater number of sessions. Evalua-
    tions of this program have found significant
    reductions in youth conduct disorders and posi-
    tive changes in several aspects of family
    functioning [60]. To date, this program has not
    been subjected to a cost-benefit analysis.

    Social Skills Training Programs

    As noted above, schools are now a primary
    delivery site for interventions related to youth
    delinquency. The Positive Adolescent Choices
    Training (PACT) program, a secondary preven-
    tion program targeting African-American
    students with histories of aggressive behavior
    and/or victimization, has demonstrated positive
    effects in evaluation research. The program
    trains students on social skills, anger manage-
    ment, and violence education through culturally

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 24

    appropriate videotaped vignettes and opportu-
    nities for discussion and reinforcement. An
    evaluation of this program indicates that in rela-
    tion to comparison youth, program youth
    showed less physical aggression in school and
    had better social skills, fewer contacts with the
    juvenile court system, fewer violence-related
    charges, and fewer criminal offenses in general.
    At a 2-year follow-up assessment, program
    youth and comparison youth had both increased
    their rates of criminal offending. However,
    comparison youth had rates twice that of pro-
    gram participants [61]. Unfortunately, cost-
    benefit analyses have not been conducted on
    this program.

    Mentoring Programs

    In recent years, mentoring programs have
    received increased interest from policy-makers
    and practitioners concerned with the decreased
    availability of parental support and supervision
    in many young people’s lives. Mentoring is usu-
    ally defined as a relationship between an adult
    and a young person in which the adult provides
    guidance and support. Mentoring programs are
    based on the assumption that children and ado-
    lescents can benefit from a close relationship
    with an adult other than a parent. Proponents of
    these programs believe that mentoring can in-
    fluence youth through several pathways [62].
    First, social and emotional development is fos-
    tered through close relationships characterized
    by communication and trust. Such positive rela-
    tionships can increase a young person’s self-
    worth and hopes for the future. Second, cogni-
    tive development is aided by interactions with
    more knowledgeable, capable adults. These in-
    teractions give youth the opportunity to think
    and communicate critically about issues impor-
    tant to them. Finally, the role modeling
    provided by successful adults can decrease
    youth’s beliefs that their opportunities in life are
    very limited.

    Mentoring programs vary along several di-
    mensions. The goals of the programs vary such
    that some are broad enough to cover all positive
    youth developmental outcomes, while others

    may focus on one specific area, such as improv-
    ing academic achievement or preventing
    substance abuse. Some programs consist primar-
    ily of one-on-one interactions between mentors
    and matched youth. Others are more compre-
    hensive, offering tutoring, life-skills training, or
    workshops for parents. Despite these variations,
    mentoring programs share some commonalities.
    Matches are often made by the gender, race,
    geographic location, and shared interests of the
    mentor and youth.

    Evaluation data reveal that this approach,
    when well implemented, can positively influ-
    ence both criminal and non-criminal behavioral
    outcomes in youth. For example, a recent sum-
    mary evaluation of ten youth mentoring
    programs found that overall, mentored youth do
    better than other youth on measures of academic
    performance, educational attainment, and pro-
    social attitudes and

    relationships.

    In addition,
    mentored youth sometimes do better than oth-
    ers on measures of substance abuse and
    delinquent behavior. According to this report, it
    appears that at-risk youth in economically dis-
    advantaged neighborhoods and/ or single
    parent homes are the youth most likely to bene-
    fit from positive mentoring relationships [63].

    The Big Brothers Big Sisters of America
    (BBBSA) program is the most frequently im-
    plemented mentoring program in the United
    States. Currently, BBBSA serves youth through
    more than 500 organizations across the United
    States. The program matches children and ado-
    lescents from single-parent families with a
    volunteer adult mentor to provide support in
    their lives. Mentors and matched youth meet
    two to four times a month for at least a year. An
    extensive evaluation of the program yielded
    several notable findings. Program youth, com-
    pared to those in the control group, were 46
    percent less likely to begin using drugs, 27 per-
    cent less likely to begin using alcohol and one-
    third less likely to hit someone. In addition,
    youth who were mentored in the program
    missed half the number of school days, showed
    greater academic improvement, and had better
    relationships with their family and their friends

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 25

    when compared to youth in the control group
    [64].

    Current cost-benefit analyses indicate that
    BBBSA is not substantially cost-effective accord-
    ing to the outcomes measured. At a cost of
    $4,117 per participant, the bene-
    fits only amount to $4,166, a net
    gain of $49 per youth. This trans-
    lates into $1.01 gained for every
    dollar invested in the program.

    Evaluation research has in-
    dicated several characteristics of
    programs that foster successful mentoring rela-
    tionships. These principles can help guide
    decision-making for both practitioners and pol-
    icy-makers. Most importantly, effective
    mentoring programs take steps to encourage
    long-lasting relationships. For example, BBBSA
    requires participants to agree to maintain their
    mentoring relationship for at least one year. Re-
    search has indicated that longer mentoring
    relationships produce better outcomes for youth
    [65]. Mentoring matches lasting longer than a
    year produce the most positive benefits for
    youth, including improvements in academic,
    behavioral, and psychological domains. Matches
    that last at least six months but less than one
    year produce some positive effects, but not to
    the extent that longer matches do. In addition,
    matches lasting less than three months produce
    negative effects, including a decline in the self-
    worth and scholastic competence of youth par-
    ticipants. Research has also indicated that
    matches lasting less than six months can lead to
    increases in alcohol use of youth participants.
    For these reasons, program implementers must
    be especially careful to make good matches and
    to encourage the continuation of the relation-
    ship.

    Effective programs provide ample training
    and support to mentors before and during the
    mentoring relationship. In several studies, those
    mentors who received the most training had the
    longest lasting relationship with their youth par-
    ticipants [63]. In addition, effective programs
    take steps to facilitate interaction between youth

    and their adult mentors. Programs may organize
    activities for matches and thus decrease the
    chance that the relationship will fail out of lack
    of interest. Research has also shown that men-
    toring relationships are less likely to fail if the
    pair engages in activities that reflect the interests

    of the youth rather than those of
    their mentors [63]. Finally, the
    most effective programs have a
    history of internally monitoring
    their program and improving
    their practices based on evalua-
    tion data. BBBSA is the most

    successful program model of its kind; its success
    can at least partially be attributed to its history
    of evaluating program implementation and out-
    comes.

    Vocational/Job Training Programs

    Vocational and job training programs are
    built on the premise that increasing education
    and employment opportunities will combat ju-
    venile delinquency and adult criminal behavior.
    This strategy is implemented in an attempt both
    to prevent youth from first committing delin-
    quent acts and to discourage future criminal
    behavior in youth already in contact with the
    system. Evaluations of vocational training pro-
    grams have produced mixed results. Some
    programs have produced negligible or negative
    impacts on employment, delinquency, and other
    outcomes, essentially producing costs greater
    than benefits [20, 66]. Others, such as the Job
    Corps, have demonstrated more positive results.

    According to the U.S. Department of Labor,
    Education and Training, over 60,000 youth ages
    16 to 24 participate in a Job Corps program
    every year. Only one long-term evaluation of
    participant outcomes, the National Job Corps
    Study, has been conducted for the Job Corps
    program [67]. Evaluation results indicated that
    those participating in Job Corps had signifi-
    cantly fewer arrests and convictions, and less
    time incarcerated, than those in the control
    group. Job Corps participants spent more time
    in academic classes than did the control group,
    and overall had larger increases in their educa-

    Effective mentoring
    programs take steps to
    encourage long-lasting

    relationships.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 26

    tion and skill levels. The evaluation also re-
    vealed that the Job Corps participants earned
    more money than the control group individuals
    after completing the program. Cost-benefit
    analyses indicate that the benefits of the Job
    Corps program outweigh its costs. At a cost of
    approximately $15,804 per participant, program
    participation yields about $22,883 in benefits to
    society, a net gain of $7,079 per youth. This
    translates to a benefit of $1.45 for each dollar
    invested in the program.

    Emerging and Unproven Programs

    Two increasingly widespread approaches
    that many practitioners and policymakers be-
    lieve have promise for preventing delinquency
    are after-school programs and alternative
    schools. Below we examine existing evidence for
    the effectiveness of each of these strategies.

    After-school programs

    After-school programs have been widely
    heralded for the prevention of juvenile delin-
    quency. Recent research has repeatedly found
    evidence that juvenile crime
    peaks during the after-school
    hours, from approximately
    2 pm to 6 pm [68]. Most hy-
    pothesize that this peak
    occurs due to a lack of adult
    supervision. Thus, many
    communities have consid-
    ered implementing after-
    school programs as a strategy to reduce delin-
    quent behavior. Such programs are offered prior
    to and following regular school sessions and
    typically include services such as tutoring, vol-
    unteer opportunities, second language
    instruction, computer instruction, athletic
    events, and recreational activities.

    A recent meta-analysis of after-school pro-
    grams indicates that these programs can reduce
    delinquency for middle-school but not elemen-
    tary-school students [68]. In addition, after-
    school programs were found to increase youths’
    intentions not to use drugs. Participation in af-

    ter-school programs was somewhat related to
    increases in social skills and associations with
    positive peers, all of which were related to re-
    ductions in delinquency. Those programs
    emphasizing social skills had the largest effects
    on reducing problem behavior. The elementary
    school programs in this meta-analysis generally
    did not focus on social skills, one possible ex-
    planation for their lack of effectiveness.
    Researchers have pointed out that one of the
    problems with after-school programs as a pre-
    vention strategy is that the most at-risk youth
    are unlikely to join and regularly attend after-
    school programs [i.e., 68]. Thus, one cannot as-
    sume that after-school programs will reduce
    delinquency in those youth most at-risk. At this
    point in time, no cost-benefit analyses have been
    conducted on after-school programs.

    Alternative schools

    Of the 127 charter schools that the Wiscon-
    sin Department of Public Instruction lists on its
    website, almost half are described as serving
    students who are truant, aggressive, disruptive,
    at-risk for school failure, or who have been ex-

    pelled from regular public
    schools [69]. Alternative
    schools are often viewed as a
    viable solution for problem
    or delinquent youth who do
    not succeed in the typical
    school setting. Unfortu-
    nately, the empirical

    research documenting the effectiveness of alter-
    native schools is seriously deficient. Several
    evaluations have found alternative schools to be
    ineffective, while other evaluations have found a
    few, small, positive effects. For example, one
    evaluation of three alternative schools found
    that in-school problem behaviors decreased for
    alternative school students relative to peer coun-
    terparts, but this effect did not hold for
    delinquent behavior in general [70]. The most
    substantial evidence to date comes from a meta-
    analysis of 57 alternative school evaluations. It
    found that alternative schools had a small, posi-
    tive effect on school performance, attitudes

    One of the problems with after-
    school programs as a prevention
    strategy is that at-risk youth are
    unlikely to join and regularly
    attend after-school programs.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 27

    toward school, and self-esteem but had no sig-
    nificant effect on delinquency [71].

    JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS

    In this section, we consider non-residential
    programs and approaches that are delivered to
    juvenile offenders in the community, whether
    they are formal dispositions given by a juvenile
    court, or diversion programs that keep first-time
    offenders out of the courts. Residential pro-
    grams are not considered here except to the
    extent that they often serve as the “control
    group” for comparing rates of recidivism and
    cost-effectiveness of community-based pro-
    grams.

    Two frameworks are rele-
    vant for understanding current
    thinking about intervention
    with juvenile offenders. First,
    the principles of effective inter-
    vention help us to understand
    on a broad level what kinds of
    approaches will work and what
    will not. These principles were described in
    more detail in Section II. The principles include:

    • the human service principle;

    • the risk principle;

    • the need principle;

    • the responsivity principle, which has
    two parts: “general responsivity” and
    “specific responsivity”; and

    • the fidelity principle.

    Adherence to the principles of effective in-
    tervention is best achieved with the use of a risk
    and need assessment tool administered to juve-
    nile offenders when they come into contact with
    law enforcement or the juvenile court. Sound
    assessment should inform all decisions about
    court processing and dispositions so that each
    offender receives the level of supervision and
    services that are most likely to be effective.

    Second, the balanced and restorative justice
    (BARJ) model, endorsed by Wisconsin’s juvenile
    justice legislation, provides the philosophical

    grounding for many current approaches to ju-
    venile offender programming. BARJ emphasizes
    that responses to delinquency must ensure pub-
    lic safety and offender accountability, while at
    the same time supporting offenders to develop
    the competencies that will help them become
    productive, law-abiding adults. All of the pro-
    grams and approaches described in the review
    below can be employed in a BARJ approach.

    Juvenile Offender Program Categories and
    Considerations

    Through meta-analyses and comparisons of
    different program types, researchers have found
    that programs implemented in the community

    are

    significantly more likely to
    reduce recidivism than are

    programs implemented in resi-
    dential settings [72, 73]. Within
    the realm of community-based
    interventions, though, there is a
    wide range of effectiveness
    among particular programs

    and approaches. Some interventions are more
    likely than others to have the desired effect on
    juvenile offenders, while others actually appear
    to encourage recidivism.

    Evidence for the effectiveness of various re-
    sponses to juvenile delinquency is far weaker
    than evidence for the effectiveness of prevention
    programs. The fields of primary and secondary
    prevention are increasingly characterized by
    evidence-based programs that are available for
    purchase and use. In the area of juvenile of-
    fender programs, on the other hand, there are
    very few of these “packaged” programs that are
    disseminated for wider use. Individual states or
    jurisdictions are more likely to develop their
    own programs based on approaches that appear
    promising. This results in programs that may go
    by the same name and incorporate some com-
    mon elements, but which cannot be assumed to
    have the same effect on juvenile offenders.
    Moreover, very few of these programs have
    been rigorously evaluated, making it difficult to
    know if they are truly effective.

    Programs implemented in
    the community are

    significantly more likely to
    reduce recidivism than are

    residential programs.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 28

    In recent years, there has been movement
    within the juvenile justice field toward evidence-
    based programs. However, currently available
    evidence speaks more to general approaches
    than to specific programs. The quality of that
    evidence leads us to conclude that some of these
    approaches hold promise for reducing recidi-
    vism among juvenile offenders, but limits our
    ability to say with confidence that certain ap-
    proaches “work.” In the following review, we
    present general approaches as well as specific
    programs within several categories. We also dis-
    cuss several approaches that hold promise, or
    are emerging as popular, community-based re-
    sponses to delinquency but have not been
    empirically proven to be effective.

    Note that the categories of programs and
    approaches used in this report are not mutually
    exclusive. In fact, there is significant overlap
    between the categories. Many of the programs
    and approaches described are sometimes used
    as diversion from the juvenile court; all of them
    can be used as elements in a balanced and re-
    storative justice model; and case management
    and multimodal programs employ many types
    of interventions which may be included in other
    categories here.

    Diversion/Community Accountability
    Programs

    Diversion describes any response to juvenile
    delinquency in which adjudication is postponed
    while the offender completes a rehabilitative
    program.2 Diversion programs are also referred
    to as community accountability programs. Due
    to the costs of juvenile court processing (esti-
    mated at about $2,000 per offender [37]) and
    other advantages of keeping low-risk offenders

    2 Community-based treatments are often referred to
    as “placement diversion” programs, because the
    young offender is diverted from residential place-
    ment. Diversion is also sometimes used to refer to
    release to parents with a warning but no services or
    restrictions. In this report, “diversion” refers to diver-
    sion from formal adjudication into a structured
    program that provides services and/or makes de-
    mands of offenders.

    out of the juvenile court system, diversion pro-
    grams hold promise as a cost-effective response
    to delinquency. One such program, the Adoles-
    cent Diversion Project, has been shown to be
    highly effective. Diversion programs vary
    widely, and not all are as effective as ADP, but
    this is an area that shows promise for cost sav-
    ings, reduced caseloads in the juvenile justice
    system, and reduced recidivism among offend-
    ers.

    Diversion or community accountability pro-
    grams are designed to ensure accountability
    among low-risk offenders while reducing
    caseloads and expenses for the juvenile justice
    system. This allows resources to be used on of-
    fenders who pose more of a risk and require
    more supervision and services. However, crimi-
    nologists and juvenile justice professionals
    express several legitimate concerns about diver-
    sion programs [13, 74]. First, these programs can
    result in “net widening,” bringing youth into
    unwarranted contact with the justice system,
    and resulting in undue punishment as well as
    inefficient use of resources. This is related to a
    concern about the constitutionality of sanctions
    being determined outside the confines of the
    juvenile court and without due process. Another
    concern is differential treatment; statistics show
    that white youth are more likely to be diverted
    from adjudication than are minority youth who
    are arrested for similar offenses [75]. Finally, the
    goals of offender accountability and public
    safety may not be accomplished if diversion
    programs are weak or ineffective, and offenders
    do not benefit from the experiences.

    To address these concerns and ensure that
    diversion programs are used fairly and effi-
    ciently,

    • clear guidelines should be in place for
    determining whether offenders warrant
    inclusion in a diversion program, re-
    lease without diversion, or formal
    processing through the juvenile court
    [e.g., 76], ideally attached to the use of a
    standard, validated, risk and needs as-
    sessment tool [e.g., 33, 34];

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 29

    • offenders should be informed of their
    right to refuse participation in a diver-
    sion program if they contest the charges
    against them; and

    • consequences for lack of compliance
    with the demands of a diversion pro-
    gram should be serious, and should be
    enforced quickly.

    When compared to regular juvenile court
    processing, diversion programs cost signifi-
    cantly less, and many have achieved outcomes
    better than or similar to those of juvenile court.
    The Washington State study concluded that di-
    version programs in general, and ADP in
    particular, were cost-beneficial alternatives to
    regular juvenile court processing.

    The Adolescent Diversion Project (ADP),
    also known as the Michigan State Diversion Pro-
    ject, is one of the few evidence-based programs
    in the diversion category. ADP pairs diverted
    juvenile offenders with college student men-
    tors/caseworkers. The students, mainly juniors
    and seniors, receive training in behavioral inter-
    vention and advocacy through a semester-long
    course. Students and offenders then work one-
    on-one, for 6–8 hours per week, for 18 weeks.
    Several experimental evaluations of this model
    revealed that the young offenders responded
    well to one-on-one work with college students,
    whether they used behavioral contracting, youth
    advocacy/case management, or therapeutic ap-
    proaches. Recidivism was lower among ADP
    participants than among both offenders who
    were formally processed through the juvenile
    court and offenders who were released to their
    parents [74]. Due to its reliance on college stu-
    dents, ADP is a relatively low-cost program to
    implement, at $1,825 per participant. With bene-
    fits of $24,708 per participant based on reduced
    recidivism, ADP is a very cost-effective pro-
    gram. We estimate a return of $13.54 per dollar
    invested in ADP.

    Emerging and Unproven Diversion Programs

    Specialized courts separate from the juvenile
    court are another form of diversion programs

    that have grown rapidly in recent years. Efforts
    are underway to systematically evaluate the ef-
    fectiveness of both Teen Courts and Juvenile
    Drug Courts, but at this point in time, the evi-
    dence is still inconclusive as to whether these
    approaches are effective.

    Teen Courts are an increasingly popular
    approach to dealing with status offenses and
    non-violent juvenile crime. The National Youth
    Court Center lists 37 Teen Courts in Wisconsin
    on its website [77], associated with counties,
    municipalities, and schools around the state.
    One explanation for the rapid rise of Teen
    Courts is that they are relatively inexpensive to
    operate, because they rely on youth and adult
    volunteers (including offenders sentenced to
    community service) to fulfill the roles of attor-
    neys, judges, and jury members. Teen Courts
    also present an opportunity for interested non-
    delinquent youth to learn about the justice sys-
    tem and make a meaningful contribution to their
    community [78]. However, many argue that
    Teen Courts are essentially net-widening pro-
    grams. Initial evaluations of Teen Courts have
    found that they are most effective with low-risk
    offenders, while higher-risk offenders are less
    likely to comply with their sentences, and show
    no reduction in recidivism compared to high-
    risk offenders participating in other justice pro-
    grams [79-81].

    Juvenile Drug Courts provide increased
    supervision and accountability for substance-
    using offenders, who report back to the Drug
    Court at regular intervals throughout their re-
    covery. Drug Courts also link offenders and
    their families to treatment services, and sanction
    lapses in offenders’ recovery. Proponents claim
    that Drug Courts help to reduce the caseload of
    the regular courts and reduce subsequent sub-
    stance abuse and re-arrest. However, because
    Drug Courts are a relatively new phenomenon,
    it is not yet possible to draw conclusions about
    their effectiveness for reducing recidivism and
    substance abuse among juvenile drug offenders
    [82].

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 30

    Therapeutic Interventions

    There is significant evidence that providing
    juvenile offenders with proven, well-
    implemented therapeutic treatment reduces the
    likelihood that they will re-offend. In addition to
    several comprehensive, evidence-based treat-
    ment programs, there is evidence from multiple
    sources that many types of interventions are
    more effective when they incorporate a thera-
    peutic component, particularly cognitive-
    behavioral therapy.

    The evidence-based programs in this cate-
    gory involve therapeutic treatment for offenders
    and their families, based on the assumption that
    the roots of delinquent behavior are found not
    only within young offenders
    themselves, but also in their
    families and in how they relate
    to their peer groups, schools,
    and communities. These pro-
    grams are characterized by
    regular meetings of family
    members with a therapist.

    Multisystemic Therapy
    (MST) has shown success in reducing recidi-
    vism among participants, as compared to
    recipients of usual community-based mental
    health services [83] and compared to offenders
    who received individual therapy [84]. MST
    therapists provide in-home treatment to families
    of juvenile delinquents, with a focus on improv-
    ing parenting effectiveness by empowering
    parents and teaching them new parenting skills.
    Average treatment includes about 60 hours of
    contact over a 4-month period, with therapists
    available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    Caseloads range from four to six families at a
    time. MST costs per family are estimated at
    $5,832. The Washington State report highlighted
    MST as a consistently cost-effective intervention
    for juvenile delinquency, with an estimated av-
    erage return of $15,395 per juvenile offender, or
    $2.64 for every dollar spent on the program.

    Functional Family Therapy is a flexible ap-
    proach, grounded in clinical theory, which is
    used to treat a variety of complex problems in

    the families of high-risk and delinquent youth.
    Families receive an average of 8–12 hours of
    therapy. Several rigorous evaluations indicate
    that FFT can reduce recidivism among juvenile
    offenders by 20 to 60 percent, and is highly ef-
    fective compared to other treatments. The
    program also reduces future offending by sib-
    lings of the target youth [85]. Per-family costs
    are estimated at $2,197. The Washington State
    Institute for Social Policy reports a return of
    over $13 per dollar invested in FFT programs,
    representing $29,111 in benefits per delinquent
    youth.

    Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care
    (TFC) is an alternative to group home place-

    ment, in which a troubled or
    delinquent youth receives
    treatment through trained fos-
    ter parents and continues to
    attend school in his or her home
    community. Case managers
    supervise the foster parents,
    coordinate needed interven-
    tions at school, and develop an
    individualized behavior man-

    agement program to be implemented by the fos-
    ter parents. The youth’s family of origin is also
    trained in behavior management techniques to
    promote better supervision and continuing in-
    tervention when the juvenile returns home.
    Evaluations of TFC have found it to be more
    effective than group home placement for reduc-
    ing subsequent offending and substance abuse,
    with only slightly higher costs [86]. The added
    cost of roughly $2,500 per youth results in bene-
    fits of over $27,000, or $10.88 for every dollar
    invested, making TFC a cost-beneficial ap-
    proach.

    Finally, although it is not embodied in one
    particular program, cognitive-behavioral (CB)
    therapy has emerged as an evidence-based prac-
    tice for responding to juvenile delinquency. CB
    theory is grounded in the principle that deviant,
    impulsive behavior stems from deviant, impul-
    sive thinking. CB therapies target these
    unproductive thought processes and teach of-
    fenders new skills and behavioral strategies.

    Providing juvenile
    offenders with proven,

    well-implemented
    therapeutic treatment

    reduces the likelihood that
    they will re-offend.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 31

    Andrews and colleagues found that cognitive-
    behavioral approaches were among the most
    effective of all treatment types, especially when
    the intervention was appropriate for the of-
    fender (as defined by the principles of effective
    intervention) [29]. Lipsey and colleagues also
    found CB therapy to be effective in another
    meta-analysis [87]. CB therapy is often delivered
    to offenders in small groups, which allows for
    role-playing, such as practicing skills for resist-
    ing negative peer pressure. However, as with
    other types of programs, bringing together
    groups of delinquent youth can also have nega-
    tive consequences. Based on his review of the
    research, LaTessa recommends treatment
    groups of no more than eight offenders and fre-
    quent meetings, at least twice a week through
    the treatment period [88].

    A number of studies support the use of CB
    therapeutic treatment in the context of other in-
    terventions. Lipsey conducted a meta-analysis of
    hundreds of delinquency interventions, and
    concluded that interventions incorporating prac-
    tical, skills-based, behavioral or cognitive-
    behavioral treatment components were more
    effective at reducing recidivism than others, re-
    gardless of the type of intervention overall [72].
    Other evaluations have found that program ef-
    fectiveness did not improve when insight-
    oriented counseling, psycho-dynamic counsel-
    ing, or other therapeutic approaches not
    grounded in cognitive and behavioral theories
    were offered to participants [89].

    Case Management/Multimodal Interventions

    The last decade has seen a movement to-
    wards integrating or coordinating services for
    children and youth, particularly those with seri-
    ous emotional disturbances, who are involved in
    the juvenile justice and child welfare systems.
    This movement has generated several ap-
    proaches for connecting children and families to
    existing resources and coordinating the services
    they receive from various programs and agen-
    cies. As these approaches are used in the field of
    juvenile justice, they incorporate many of the
    program types already discussed in this report.

    Mounting evidence suggests that these case
    management or multimodal interventions can
    be effective in managing offenders in the com-
    munity and reducing re-offense.

    Interventions in this area are built around
    strong assessments of juveniles at intake and/or
    at disposition, to determine their needs and the
    needs of their families, and to ensure that they
    receive the appropriate services. These pro-
    grams are most effective when funding streams
    are blended to allow care coordinators freedom
    in connecting families to the services they need.
    When services are coordinated and even co-
    located, youth and families can access the re-
    sources they need to resolve or manage issues in
    their lives and get young offenders back on
    track toward successful adulthood [13].

    California’s Repeat Offender Prevention
    Program (ROPP) is the only evidence-based
    program in this category. ROPP is a case as-
    sessment and management program for juvenile
    offenders who are assessed to be at high risk of
    recidivism. It is one component of “The 8% Solu-
    tion,” a graduated sanctions model that was
    developed after research in Orange County, CA,
    revealed that about 8% of offenders were re-
    sponsible for over half of all referrals to the
    juvenile courts. High-risk offenders report to a
    Youth and Family Resource Center in their
    community, where they receive intensive case
    management, sometimes referred to as “an indi-
    vidualized intensive supervision program” [3]
    that integrates services from a variety of youth-
    and family-serving agencies. This includes co-
    ordination of educational and rehabilitative
    services, facilitation of community service and
    restitution completion, drug testing, in-home
    family support, and supervision of the offender.
    A 2002 report to the state legislature concluded
    that ROPP participants showed significant im-
    provements in school attendance and academic
    achievement, were more likely to complete resti-
    tution and community service obligations,
    tested positive for drugs less often, and were
    less likely to recidivate for new offenses than
    were control group members who received stan-
    dard probation services [90]. No cost-benefit

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 32

    analysis has been conducted for ROPP to deter-
    mine whether its benefits justify the additional
    cost of the program when compared to tradi-
    tional probation.

    Emerging and Unproven Programs and
    Approaches

    Enhanced Probation and Supervision Programs

    Probation has often been called the corner-
    stone of the juvenile justice system. According to
    the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency
    Prevention, roughly 60% of adjudicated juve-

    niles are put on probation [91].3 Concerns about
    the effectiveness of probation for reducing de-
    linquent activity both during and after the
    probation period led to the development of en-
    hanced probation services, either delivered
    through the juvenile justice system or through
    social service agencies. The defining characteris-
    tic of these programs is that they increase the
    amount of contact between offenders and proba-
    tion officers or caseworkers. Many enhanced
    probation programs also intensify the surveil-
    lance of young offenders, for example with the
    use of electronic monitoring, and provide ser-
    vices such as therapeutic intervention or

    3 These statistics do not distinguish between proba-
    tion alone and enhanced probation and supervision
    programs.

    Wisconsin Ideas:
    THE WRAPAROUND APPROACH

    Wisconsin is a leader in developing coordinated service teams, integrated services projects, and
    wraparound programs for families with involvement in multiple systems, such as child welfare, juve-
    nile justice, and mental health services.1 Wraparound Milwaukee has attracted national attention for
    the favorable results it demonstrated in a non-experimental evaluation. Milwaukee has also developed
    the FOCUS Program, which combines short stays in a child caring institution (which provides out-of-
    home care and supervision) with longer-term wraparound services for delinquent boys.

    Wraparound programs provide treatment and service coordination for delinquent and non-
    delinquent youth with mental health disorders, with the goal of keeping youth in the community and
    with their families when possible. Using blended funding from the juvenile justice and child welfare
    systems, Wraparound Milwaukee allows families to select from among an array of services and provid-
    ers, and provides “care coordination” to ensure the best use of resources.2 Wraparound programs,
    coordinated service teams, and integrated services projects accomplish similar goals in other communi-
    ties around the state.

    The FOCUS Program, a Milwaukee county pilot project that began in 2003, aims to reduce dispro-
    portionate minority confinement by diverting delinquent boys with mental health diagnoses from
    correctional placements, instead placing them in a child caring institution for 4–5 months and provid-
    ing Wraparound Milwaukee services for them and their families afterwards.3

    Neither Wraparound Milwaukee nor the FOCUS program has been subjected to evaluations rigor-
    ous enough for a cost-benefit analysis to be completed. In 2000, Wraparound Milwaukee reported that
    650 youth were served in the community (at a monthly cost of about $3,300 per participant) with the
    same funds that otherwise would have served only 350 institutionalized youth (at a monthly cost of
    about $5,000 per bed).2

    1. Wisconsinʹs Collaborative Systems of Care (WCSOC). WCSOCʹs Resource Website. Retrieved May 12, 2005, from

    http://www.wicollaborative.org/

    2. Kamradt, B. (2000). Wraparound Milwaukee: Aiding youth with mental health needs. Juvenile Justice, 7(1), 14-23.

    3. Milwaukee Countyʹs DMC Project. (2005). Goals and Activities: FOCUS Program – An alternative to correctional place-
    ment. Waukesha, WI: Presented at the Juvenile Law Seminar, April 14, 2005.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 33

    treatment for alcohol and other drug abuse is-
    sues.

    Intensive supervision is widely used in Wis-
    consin. The Division of Juvenile Corrections
    estimates that roughly one-half of Wisconsinʹs
    counties are using intensive supervision [92].
    According to state statutes, caseworkers in
    intensive supervision and probation (ISP) pro-
    grams must have at least one face-to-face contact
    each day with each juvenile offender in their
    caseload, not to exceed 10 juveniles at any given
    time [93]. Programs may use electronic monitor-
    ing, and juveniles may be taken into custody in
    response to a violation of probation, at the
    caseworker’s discretion.

    Evaluations of ISP programs have shown
    them to be roughly as effective as other standard
    approaches. An evaluation of an ISP program in
    Mississippi showed that participants were
    slightly less likely than standard probationers to
    recidivate in the year following program com-
    pletion [94]. Another study in Michigan found
    that ISP probationers were no more likely to re-
    cidivate than their counterparts who were
    placed in state residential facilities [95]. These
    two studies drew different conclusions about
    the cost-effectiveness of ISP because of their dif-
    ferent control groups. ISP was deemed to be a
    cost-effective alternative to commitment to the
    state in Michigan, because it achieved the same
    results at less than one-third of the cost. How-
    ever, ISP was not found to be
    cost-effective in the Mississippi
    study because its small effect
    did not justify the increased
    costs when compared to stan-
    dard probation. One meta-
    analytic review found no effect
    of ISP on recidivism, as com-
    pared to regular probation [96].
    Giving greater weight to studies with larger
    sample sizes, the researchers actually concluded
    that ISP increased the likelihood of recidivism.
    However, the authors did conclude that inten-
    sive supervision programs that also offer
    offenders therapeutic treatment are more likely

    to be effective than those that simply increase
    supervision [96].

    Because there have not been any rigorous
    evaluations of Wisconsin’s ISP model, we cannot
    be certain whether these programs are likely to
    be effective at reducing recidivism or achieving
    other outcomes. However, based on evaluations
    of ISP programs in other locations, Wisconsin’s
    guidelines for caseload size and frequency of
    contact appear to describe an effective approach
    to reducing recidivism, particularly if treatment
    and services are made available to offenders
    beyond what is required by the statutes.

    Day treatment centers are another emerging
    approach that increase supervision and provide
    treatment options for offenders with substance
    abuse issues. Day treatment appears to be a rela-
    tively popular intervention in Wisconsin,
    particularly for young offenders. No control-
    group studies have been completed, but non-
    experimental studies of day treatment centers
    have shown reduced recidivism among offend-
    ers who reported to day treatment [3, 97].

    Restorative Justice Programs

    While a wide variety of programs and ap-
    proaches can be incorporated into the balanced
    and restorative justice (BARJ) model, “restora-
    tive justice” also describes specific approaches
    that focus on repairing the harm done by juve-
    nile offenders. Restorative justice involves

    offenders in restoring damaged
    property to its original condi-
    tion, repaying victims for their
    financial losses, providing ser-
    vices to victims or to the
    community at large to make up
    for damage done, and apolo-
    gizing to victims.

    Very few experimental evaluations have
    been carried out on restorative justice programs
    in this country. Most of the existing evidence
    relates to victim satisfaction with the process,
    rates of reaching an agreement, and rates of sen-
    tence completion and agreement fulfillment.
    Victim-offender mediation is the only approach

    Community service and
    restitution may contribute
    to reductions in recidivism

    when used within a
    restorative framework.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 34

    that has been extensively evaluated, and even
    then, the evidence is encouraging but not con-
    clusive [98, 99]. We cannot say for sure whether
    such approaches are effective at reducing recidi-
    vism, nor can we come to any conclusions about
    the relative costs and benefits of these programs
    with the available information.

    It appears that community service and res-
    titution may contribute to reductions in
    recidivism when used within a restorative
    framework. Several studies found that when
    these approaches were used just as “punish-
    ment,” they were not effective at reducing

    recidivism. However, when they were used to
    repair the harm of the crime and develop job-
    related skills or lasting social connections, they
    were more effective [13, 100]. In a meta-analysis,
    Lipsey found that programs that coupled resti-
    tution with competency development were
    effective in reducing recidivism [101]. This in-
    cluded assistance from probation officers or
    caseworkers in finding appropriate job place-
    ments to earn money to pay damages, or
    meaningful volunteer placements where offend-
    ers learned marketable skills.

    IV. CONSIDERATIONS FOR IMPLEMENTING
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    Knowing that a program has undergone
    rigorous evaluation and has strong evidence
    that it works is an essential first step in moving
    toward more effective, evidence-based practice.
    However, whether a program is effective in-
    volves a great deal more than just using an
    evidence-based program. Among other things, it
    requires that the program selected be appropri-
    ate to the audience, that it is adequately funded
    and staffed, and that the selected program is
    implemented with fidelity. These less tangible
    matters are often overlooked by program spon-
    sors, but are as important as the program model
    itself if a program is to have an impact. In addi-
    tion to these issues, there exist a number of
    practical considerations related to the realities of
    program administration, which are often barri-
    ers to the use of evidence-based programs. In
    the following section, we briefly review some of
    these considerations.

    SELECTING AN APPROPRIATE
    EVIDENCE-BASED PREVENTION
    PROGRAM

    Knowing that a program has undergone
    rigorous testing and evaluation can reassure
    potential program sponsors that the program is
    likely to be effective under the right conditions

    and with the appropriate audience. However,
    knowing which program is the “right” one for a
    particular setting and audience is not always
    easy to determine. There are a number of critical
    factors that planners need to consider when se-
    lecting a program for their organization or
    community. In Appendix D, we provide a de-
    tailed set of guidelines to assist program
    planners in the task of selecting an appropriate,
    evidence-based program for their particular
    agency and audience.

    STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESSFULLY
    IMPLEMENTING PROGRAMS

    Selecting an appropriate, proven, evidence-
    based program is just the first step in having a
    successful program and achieving desired out-
    comes. It is becoming increasingly clear that a
    program’s success is also highly dependent on
    how well it is implemented. Well-designed, evi-
    dence-based programs will not produce desired
    results if they are implemented poorly. For a
    program to be successful, it needs people who
    care about and “champion” the program, quali-
    fied staff members who have access to training
    and technical assistance, and an organization
    that is ready and willing to implement the pro-
    gram as designed.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 35

    A major goal of the OJJDP-supported Blue-
    prints project at the University of Colorado has
    been to identify those factors that are critical for
    effective program implementation [57]. Several
    key elements need to be in place if a program is
    to succeed. Based on their evaluation of success-
    fully implemented evidence-based programs,
    the Blueprints team identified factors that are
    important for successful program implementa-
    tion: site assessment, effective organization,
    qualified staff, program champions, program
    integrity, training and technical assistance, and
    implementation fidelity.

    Site assessment. Members of the sponsoring
    organization or program site should come to-
    gether to examine and assess their needs,
    commitment and resources before they actually
    implement the program. This might include dis-
    cussion of the program’s feasibility, including
    potential problems and obstacles that might
    arise and ways to overcome them. This step can
    provide a forum for program staff and sponsors
    to gain a better understanding of the program’s
    operation and requirements, which in turn can
    lead to increased enthusiasm for the program by
    the staff, as well as less fear and resistance.

    Effective organization. It is important for
    groups planning to implement a program to
    have a strong organization in place that includes
    solid administrative support, agency stability, a
    shared vision and interagency links. Adminis-
    trative support is critical because it is
    administrators who usually hold the power to
    allocate resources and make program decisions,
    but it is usually program staff who are responsi-
    ble for implementing the program. If they are
    not in synch with one another, or if staff do not
    feel supported from above, the chances of a pro-
    gram failing increases significantly. Effective
    organizations also have a high degree of staff
    stability. When there is high staff turnover, there
    may be less continuity in how the program is
    delivered. Staff may be less prepared to deliver
    the program, and delays in implementation may
    occur. Effective organizations also have a shared
    vision of the program’s goals and objectives and
    how they fit with the organization’s philosophy

    and goals. Without a common vision, programs
    may be implemented differently by staff mem-
    bers, leading to inconsistency, confusion and
    even friction between staff and administrators.
    Finally, programs are more likely to succeed
    when other organizations and programs are
    supportive of them and where there are estab-
    lished interagency links. This is especially
    important for programs where a participant’s
    intervention plan requires coordination with
    other agencies or programs.

    Qualified staff. An often overlooked aspect
    of effective programs is the quality and com-
    mitment of the staff who will be implementing
    it. Many assume that the effectiveness of a pro-
    gram resides primarily in the program activities,
    but it is becoming increasingly clear that the
    quality, training and commitment of the staff are
    also essential. The Blueprints study found that
    well implemented, successful programs had
    staff members who were motivated to do the
    program, felt a sense of ownership for it, and
    had the credentials, skills and experience
    needed to do the required tasks. While the im-
    portance of these staff characteristics may sound
    obvious, it is not uncommon to have staff mem-
    bers implementing a program who are
    unprepared or unqualified. Moreover, when
    program decisions are made by administrators
    without the input of staff, the staff implement-
    ing the program may not be committed to it and
    may resent having to spend their time on it.

    A final staff issue that appears to be very
    commonplace is the lack of adequate time to
    implement the program. In many cases, when a
    site decides to implement a new prevention or
    intervention program, it is added on top of exist-
    ing programs or work with clients. In other
    words, additional responsibilities are added to
    existing ones without an adjustment in staff
    workloads. When this occurs, staff members are
    more apt to become overworked, frustrated and
    dissatisfied with the program, leading to reluc-
    tance to devote the time, energy and
    commitment necessary to implement the pro-
    gram well or even at all.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 36

    Program champions. Most successfully im-
    plemented programs have what is typically
    referred to as a program champion. This is
    someone in the sponsoring organization who is
    enthusiastic about the program and possesses
    enough organizational power and staff rapport
    to influence decisions and implement plans.
    They usually assume the role of the program’s
    director or coordinator. For this reason, champi-
    ons are often from the administrative level, but
    they can come from any level of the sponsoring
    organization and need not be limited to a single
    person. If there is no one in the organization to
    champion a program, its chances of success are
    significantly diminished.

    Training and technical assistance. Central to
    a program’s success is the provision of strong
    training and ongoing technical assistance to
    support the program. Without adequate train-
    ing, staff members may not be prepared to
    implement the program or implement it well.
    The Blueprints study found that staff who were
    trained were more likely to implement their
    programs and were more likely to do so with
    greater fidelity to the original model. They were
    also more confident and better prepared to
    overcome problems that arose. Other research
    has found that programs with well-trained staff
    are more likely to have favorable participant
    outcomes [102]. In addition, the availability of
    ongoing technical assistance can help program
    staff address unforeseen problems and obstacles
    that often arise when implementing a new pro-
    gram.

    Implementation fidelity. A common finding
    of successful evidence-based programs is that
    they are implemented with fidelity. Fidelity re-
    fers to how well a program is implemented
    according to the original program design. When
    programs are disseminated to new settings it is
    not uncommon for the new site to make modifi-
    cations in the program’s design or delivery.
    Often these changes make the program less ef-
    fective, leading to poorer outcomes [103, 104].
    There are several aspects of fidelity that pro-
    gram staff should consider when implementing
    a new program:

    • Adherence: Does the program include the
    components and materials as it was
    originally designed or have core com-
    ponents of the program been modified
    or dropped? Is the program being used
    with the appropriate audience?

    • Exposure or Dosage: Are the number,
    length and frequency of sessions the
    same as the program’s original design,
    or have they been significantly modified
    or shortened?

    • Quality of program delivery: Are the indi-
    viduals delivering the program well
    trained and prepared to deliver the pro-
    gram in the manner prescribed?

    • Participant responsiveness: Are the par-
    ticipants engaged and involved in the
    program as originally intended?

    BARRIERS TO IMPLEMENTING
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    As this report has demonstrated, there are a
    growing number of programs that have been
    found to be effective in reducing delinquency
    and related problems. However, a number of
    significant barriers are likely to keep practitio-
    ners from using such programs. Understanding
    these barriers can be a first step in developing
    strategies to overcome them.

    Perhaps the greatest barrier to the use of
    evidence-based programs is that many practi-
    tioners and policy makers have little or no
    understanding of what they are and why they
    can be beneficial. Moreover, they do not know
    where to find them. Consequently, a first step in
    the wider dissemination of evidence-based pro-
    grams is to educate practitioners and policy
    makers about what they are, their practical and
    economic benefits, and where they can be found.

    An equally important obstacle to the adop-
    tion of evidence-based programs is the
    significant financial and human resources that
    many of these programs require. One of the rea-
    sons that evidence-based programs work is that
    they are intensive and long term. However,

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 37

    many practitioners may be reluctant to make
    such a long-term investment or commit the re-
    quired number of staff because it draws time
    and resources from other initiatives. This is one
    of the most common reasons given by program
    administrators and staff for using less intensive,
    unproven programs.

    Because evidence-based programs often
    need to be purchased from the program design-
    ers, their initial costs can be fairly significant,
    especially when compared to untested programs
    or programs devised by agency staff. In addi-
    tion, many evidence-based programs can only
    be implemented by individuals who have un-
    dergone formal training by the original program
    designers or their representatives. This is usu-
    ally an additional expense and can be a financial
    burden to agencies that are already strapped for
    funding. Moreover, to ensure that programs are
    implemented well and that staff learn from the
    process and make ongoing improvements, pro-
    grams must be monitored and evaluated. To do
    this right, program staff may need ongoing ac-
    cess to technical assistance on program design,
    implementation and evaluation. Without such
    access, implementation problems may occur that
    can undermine a program’s effectiveness.

    CULTURAL/ETHNIC
    CONSIDERATIONS

    As Wisconsin and the nation become more
    ethnically and culturally diverse, it is increas-
    ingly important to take into account how both
    policies and programs might affect minority
    populations. This is especially crucial in the ju-
    venile justice system where some racial/ethnic
    groups are disproportionately represented. An
    increasingly common question raised by policy
    makers and practitioners is whether commonly
    implemented programs that are not specifically

    tailored to minority audiences are equally effec-
    tive for minority and majority youth.

    A recent meta-analytic study by Wilson,
    Lipsey and Soydan examined this question and
    provides some initial insight [105]. They found
    that delinquency prevention programs, as a
    group, were equally effective for minority and
    white youth. However, they did find some
    trends suggesting that the effectiveness of some
    particular programs was slightly less for minor-
    ity youth than white youth.

    These findings indicate that programs can
    be equally effective for multiple groups without
    being tailored to any particular group. It may
    well be that programs specifically tailored to
    particular minority populations are more effec-
    tive than culturally blind, mainstream programs.
    However, because there are so few culturally
    tailored programs – and even fewer studies that
    examine their effectiveness – this question can-
    not yet be answered empirically.

    While considering this question, it is impor-
    tant to note that disproportionate minority
    contact (DMC) with the juvenile justice system is
    not a problem that can be solved solely by tailor-
    ing prevention and intervention programs for
    particular cultural and ethnic groups. Unfortu-
    nately, current practices in the arrest, detention,
    disposition, and release of juveniles tend to fa-
    vor white youth over minority youth at every
    stage in the process [75, 106]. While making pre-
    vention and intervention programs more
    effective is a desirable goal and a step in the
    right direction, concrete changes in the practices
    that bring youth into the juvenile justice system
    are more likely to make an impact on DMC in
    the short-run.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 38

    V. RECOMMENDATIONS

    Based on our synthesis of the available evi-
    dence on the effectiveness of juvenile crime
    prevention programs, we present some recom-
    mendations for enhancing the quality and
    impact of juvenile crime prevention programs in
    Wisconsin.

    (1) Strongly support the use of evidence-
    based prevention and intervention pro-
    grams and practices. The scientific
    knowledge base regarding the prevention
    and treatment of juvenile delinquency has
    reached a critical mass. Although a great
    deal is known about the types of ap-
    proaches that are likely to be effective, the
    use of these evidence-based programs and
    practices lags far behind. Much current
    practice is based on past history and good
    intentions. The effectiveness of current
    practice could be significantly improved if
    practitioners were to adopt evidence-
    based practices and funders were to direct
    funding toward programs and practices
    supported by current scientific evidence.
    We have identified a number of proven
    and cost-effective programs in several
    categories of prevention that provide a
    good foundation for future crime preven-
    tion.

    (2) Educate policy-makers and practitioners
    about evidence-based programs and
    practices and their practical and eco-
    nomic benefits. A major barrier to the
    adoption of evidence-based programs and
    practices is the common lack of under-
    standing of what these programs and
    practices are and why they are more
    credible than less scientific approaches.
    The benefits of evidence-based programs
    are not limited to their ability to bring
    about effective, verifiable impacts. They
    also encourage efficiency in that local con-
    stituencies/agencies can draw on existing
    programs without needing to spend time

    creating their own. This allows limited
    human and financial resources to be used
    wisely. The use of evidence-based pro-
    grams also has important political
    benefits, especially in a period of limited
    funding. Particularly when cost-benefit
    analysis can be calculated, evidence of
    program effectiveness can be used to as-
    sure policy-makers, funders and
    practitioners that such programs are a
    wise and worthy investment. Finally, edu-
    cation about evidence-based programs
    must emphasize the importance of im-
    plementing programs with fidelity to the
    original program design. Diluted pro-
    grams are likely to violate the principles of
    effectiveness and unlikely to produce the
    same effects as the originals.

    (3) Use results of cost-benefit analysis to
    better prioritize funding of education
    and social programs. In a time of increas-
    ingly limited fiscal resources, greater
    scrutiny of existing programs and services
    becomes essential. Cost-benefit analysis
    and other impact evaluations are espe-
    cially important because they can identify
    the most efficient use of taxpayer dollars
    for crime prevention and other outcomes.
    Although there are many criteria to be
    used in funding decisions and not all ef-
    fective programs are analyzed for returns,
    increased funding for and use of economic
    analyses of social programs are some of
    the best ways to determine the most effi-
    cient use of public investments in young
    people.

    (4) Adopt an appropriate and validated as-
    sessment tool in order to direct juvenile
    offenders to the level of intervention and
    supervision that is most likely to be ef-
    fective for them. A high-quality
    assessment tool helps to ensure that juve-
    nile justice funds are being used

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 39

    effectively. To the extent that assessment
    tools are attached to standards for diver-
    sion, detention, and disposition, they also
    ensure fairness and reduce concerns about
    differential treatment from one offender to
    another based on race, class, or other per-
    sonal characteristics unrelated to
    likelihood of re-offending. Several states
    and jurisdictions have developed high-
    quality assessment tools. Multnomah
    County, Oregon, for example, has devel-
    oped the “Risk Assessment Instrument,”
    used both at intake and at preliminary
    hearings, which assigns point values to
    various criminogenic factors that influence
    an offender’s risk of recidivism [107]. Of-
    fenders with few risk factors are then
    diverted away from court processing and
    into appropriate diversion programs.
    Washington State has also developed a
    “Juvenile Court Pre-Screen Assessment”
    [34]. Wisconsin’s Juvenile Classification
    System [35] has been validated for use
    with offenders placed in juvenile correc-
    tions but could be revised and re-
    validated for use with all juvenile offend-
    ers earlier in their contact with law
    enforcement and juvenile justice.

    (5) Develop mechanisms for disseminating
    effective program models and good prac-
    tice guidelines to practitioners and
    decision-makers. In order to facilitate the
    adoption of evidence-based programs and
    practices, decision-makers and practitio-
    ners need to have access to the latest
    knowledge base on what works, as well as
    technical assistance for selecting and im-
    plementing high-quality programs.
    Getting this information out to those who
    need it will require some investment and
    creativity. Several strategies that we be-
    lieve hold promise for facilitating the
    wider dissemination and use of evidence-
    based programs and practices include:

    • “What Works” practitioner guides for
    various categories of programs and
    approaches

    • Dissemination of this report in print
    and online, with links to other re-
    sources like the OJJDP Model
    Programs Guide and the Juvenile Jus-
    tice Evaluation Center

    • Developing a system to keep practi-
    tioners updated on the latest
    programs and practices, such as the
    planned training series to be offered
    in partnership with the Department of
    Corrections, and the development of a
    “What Works, Wisconsin” web site
    that is regularly updated

    • Developing a statewide infrastructure
    to provide regular training on evi-
    dence-based programs and practices,
    assistance on how communities can
    select, implement, fund and sustain
    such programs (including how to
    work collaboratively with other agen-
    cies), and a system for ongoing
    technical assistance for all aspects of
    program implementation and evalua-
    tion.

    (6) Provide support for local-level delin-
    quency prevention initiatives.
    Ultimately, most decisions about delin-
    quency prevention are made and
    implemented locally, even though they
    are often funded by state and federal
    sources. Without local support and action,
    most prevention initiatives will have little
    chance of success. Because effective pre-
    vention approaches need to be
    comprehensive, targeting multiple risk
    and protective factors, their success de-
    pends on the cooperation of multiple
    private and public agencies. Such collabo-
    ration becomes even more important if
    initiatives involve the use of time- and re-
    source-intensive evidence-based programs
    and practices. In addition, the success of
    such community initiatives depends on
    developing a local infrastructure to help
    plan and implement them. Sharing such
    models and providing local support and

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 40

    guidance for their development around
    the state is critical. Fortunately, there are a
    number of potential partners (like UW
    Cooperative Extension) who may be able
    to serve as key partners in the dissemina-
    tion of such knowledge and as catalysts
    for local organizing and action.

    (7) Increase investments in research and de-
    velopment (R & D) and in evaluation of
    emerging, innovative, and promising
    prevention programs. The National Sci-
    ence and Technology Council estimates
    that of the total annual expenditures of so-
    cial programs for young people, only 1/3
    of 1 percent goes to R & D along the lines
    of the evaluation research documented in
    this report [108]. In comparison, national
    R & D investments in energy, biomedical
    sciences, and transportation average 2 to 3
    percent of total expenditures (estimated
    by GDP). R & D investments are needed
    both to assess the effectiveness of existing
    programs and to support innovation to
    address emerging issues and needs at the
    local, state, and national levels. Resources
    should be set aside for developing new
    programs and for rigorously evaluating
    interventions and policies that have been
    developed within Wisconsin or have been
    implemented widely in the state. For ex-
    ample, there is a pressing need for
    development and evaluation of preven-
    tion programs tailored to specific ethnic or
    cultural groups to ensure that all Wiscon-
    sin residents have access to programs and
    services that effectively meet their needs.
    Through set-aside funds or matching
    grants with state and local governments,
    we recommend that R & D investment in
    crime prevention approach the 2 to 3 per-
    cent commonly invested in other areas.

    (8) Provide a greater balance between pre-
    vention and intervention programs and
    strategies. Current funding practices at all
    levels emphasize treatment over preven-
    tion, despite the fact that the evidence for
    the effectiveness of prevention approaches

    to delinquency far surpasses the evidence
    about the effectiveness of treatment. The
    National Science and Technology Council
    estimates that of the $555 billion devoted
    annually to children and youth up to age
    21 through established sources (e.g., K-12
    education, juvenile justice, health), only
    $15 billion or 2.7% of total expenditures
    went to investments that could be classi-
    fied as prevention [108]. Thus, only about
    1 dollar of every 40 public dollars goes to
    prevention programs like the ones re-
    viewed in this report. Public expenditures
    in Wisconsin do not appear to be different
    than in other states. By increasing the ratio
    of public investments for prevention rela-
    tive to treatment, public policies for
    children and youth would be better
    aligned with the current evidence base.

    (9) Create new, state-level, operational poli-
    cies that encourage cross-agency
    collaboration and funding for preven-
    tion. Traditional funding practices are
    outdated and do not support new under-
    standings of what makes for effective
    action. Categorical funding streams that
    provide support only in response to nar-
    rowly defined problems and are available
    only when problems become chronic or
    severe dominate the terrain, making it al-
    most impossible to create multi-pronged,
    responsive community-based support sys-
    tems that would support effective
    interventions. Wraparound programs, for
    example, may be most effective when
    funding streams are blended to allow care
    coordinators freedom in connecting fami-
    lies to the services they need. To
    strengthen effectiveness of crime preven-
    tion efforts, adequate and stable funding
    for prevention services is essential.

    (10) Develop new state funding mechanisms
    that are equitable and consistent with the
    economic benefits of prevention pro-
    grams. Much of the funding and almost
    all of the human resources for the pro-
    grams we examined are provided locally,

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 41

    often by community groups or agencies.
    However, as the Washington State report
    points out, the long-term economic sav-
    ings do not primarily accrue to the local
    jurisdiction but to the state, which benefits
    by reducing its need to invest in future re-
    habilitation, incarceration and other
    related programs [2]. Because of this eco-
    nomic imbalance in the benefits of
    prevention, local jurisdictions may lack
    the incentives and resources necessary to
    invest in the types of evidence-based pro-
    grams that are going to have long-term
    impacts and lead to future state savings. It
    is important for state policy-makers to
    understand how long-term savings are
    likely to accrue from initial local invest-
    ments in community-based prevention
    and consider funding mechanisms that are
    appropriate.

    A similar issue arises at the level of state
    agencies. Most prevention programs are
    broad in their impact, leading to reduc-
    tions in a range of problematic outcomes
    and the promotion of a variety of positive
    developmental consequences. For exam-
    ple, investments in quality, evidence-
    based early childhood programs not only
    benefit the educational system but also the
    welfare, juvenile justice and corrections
    systems. State funding, however, contin-
    ues to follow very narrow streams,
    focusing on specific outcomes such as the
    prevention of child abuse, delinquency or
    drug abuse. If prevention is going to work
    within the state, significant reorganization
    is needed on how state agencies fund pre-
    vention.

    We recommend that the following mecha-
    nisms for prevention funding be
    considered, several of which have been es-
    tablished in other states:

    • Form a state-level prevention com-
    mission comprised of representatives
    of state agencies that invest in preven-
    tion, similar to California’s Children’s

    Commission. Each agency would an-
    nually contribute funds to be invested
    in evidence-based programs overseen
    by the commission. Two to three per-
    cent of the total amount of funding
    would be reserved for research and
    evaluation.

    • Create a public/private endowment
    for funding evidence-based preven-
    tion programs. Similar to investment
    strategies in biotechnology, the state
    would provide base levels of funding
    for cost-effective prevention pro-
    grams, which could then be matched
    by local communities and the private
    sector. Minnesota uses such an en-
    dowment to fund preschool
    programs.

    • Issue state bonds to finance preven-
    tion initiatives that are likely to
    provide high economic returns. Given
    the availability of evidence on the
    cost-effectiveness of many prevention
    investments, the state of Wisconsin
    could finance targeted investments by
    issuing bonds. The programs funded
    by the bonds would have a strong re-
    search base from which to define the
    length of time needed for the program
    to recover the interest on the bonds
    and provide positive economic re-
    turns. While issuing state bonds for
    specific prevention programs is un-
    precedented, Wisconsin and
    California currently issue bonds for
    general revenue outlays.

    • Develop a check-off box on the state
    income tax form for voluntary contri-
    butions to prevention program
    funding. As implemented in Illinois
    and other states, taxpayers could con-
    tribute any dollar amount to
    prevention programs overseen by the
    state prevention commission or a
    specified government agency. Among
    the options for contributions could be

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 42

    preschool education, child abuse pre-
    vention, birth to three services, and
    domestic violence.

    • Redirect a portion of funds from exist-
    ing expenditures to prevention.
    Current categorical funding for many
    education and justice system pro-
    grams is heavily weighted toward
    remediation or treatment. Rebalancing
    the allocations even by a small per-
    centage would provide needed funds

    to implement cost-effective prevention
    programs. For example, in K-12 edu-
    cation, the state Department of Public
    Instruction and local school districts
    receive millions of dollars per year in
    Title I block grants to schools serving
    low-income students. Nearly 95% of
    these funds are directed toward re-
    medial education, while less than 5%
    goes to prevention programs such as
    preschool education.

    What Works, Wisconsin Page 43

    VI. CONCLUSIONS

    The costs of juvenile crime and delinquency
    deplete both our human and economic re-
    sources. Delinquency and crime negatively
    affect our families, schools and community life
    while increasing the economic burden on fed-
    eral, state and local government. For example, in
    2004, the cost of housing a juvenile offender in
    corrections in Wisconsin for 12 months was
    $68,255 – and is projected to increase nearly 20%
    by 2007. When these expenditures are consid-
    ered along with financial and emotional costs to
    crime victims, as well as costs to society for fu-
    ture adult crime and incarceration, it becomes
    clear that the prevention of delinquency is both
    a social and economic priority.

    Over the past decade, our knowledge of cost
    effective programs and practices related to de-
    linquency prevention and treatment has grown
    significantly. Unfortunately, a great deal of cur-
    rent practice is based on past customs and good
    intentions and does not draw on this rich, scien-
    tific knowledge base. Our review found that
    there is a great deal of valuable and valid scien-
    tific knowledge that could be used to inform
    current practice. The utilization of such knowl-
    edge by decision makers and juvenile justice
    professionals has the potential to increase the
    effectiveness of current programs and practices
    and lead to long-term economic benefits.

    This report identified programs and ap-
    proaches that can significantly reduce the odds
    that children and youth will engage in delin-
    quent behavior, thus increasing the likelihood
    that they will be contributing members of soci-
    ety and helping taxpayers avoid the high costs
    of juvenile treatment and adult incarceration.
    The cost of almost all of these programs is a
    small fraction of the costs of treatment and fu-
    ture crime.

    The most cost effective prevention programs
    reviewed include preschool education, home
    visitation programs, parent education, and so-

    cial and emotional learning programs for school-
    aged children. In all of these programs, the qual-
    ity and intensity of services are high, staff
    members are well trained, and the program has
    a well-articulated vision with a strong concep-
    tual base. Although mentoring and job training
    programs were also found to have good evi-
    dence of effectiveness, their economic returns
    are lower. Among juvenile offender programs,
    the strongest empirical evidence of cost-
    effectiveness is for diversion or community ac-
    countability programs and therapeutic
    interventions that provide a range of intensive
    services over relatively long periods of time.

    We also examined several promising crime
    prevention programs that appear to follow key
    principles of effective programs but have not yet
    demonstrated reliable program impacts. These
    include after-school programs and enhanced
    probation and supervision programs. Addi-
    tional research on these and other programs is
    needed.

    This report concludes with a series of rec-
    ommendations that have the potential to
    positively alter the future life chances of Wis-
    consin youth, reduce crime, and contribute to
    significant cost savings. These recommendations
    include changes in how funding decisions are
    made; how practitioners are trained and sup-
    ported; how programs are selected,
    implemented and evaluated; and how state
    agencies coordinate and fund prevention initia-
    tives. However, putting into action most of these
    recommendations will require both vision and
    courage – the vision to look beyond short-term
    solutions and the courage to challenge the status
    quo and adopt new ways of operating. We hope
    that this report will serve as an impetus for
    change and contribute to the emergence of Wis-
    consin as a national leader for innovative,
    scientific, and cost-effective policies and pro-
    grams on behalf of its youth.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    VII. REFERENCES
    1. Aos, S., Phipps, P., Barnoski, R., & Lieb, R. (2001). The comparative costs and benefits of programs to

    reduce crime (Version 4.0). Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy.

    2. Aos, S., Lieb, R., Mayfield, J., Miller, M., & Pennucci, A. (2004). Benefits and costs of prevention and
    early intervention programs for youth. Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy.

    3. Development Services Group for the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention.
    (2004). Model programs guide (Version 3.2). Retrieved March 18, 2005, from
    http://www.dsgonline.com/Model_Programs_Guide/Web/mpg_index_flash.htm

    4. Durlak, J. (1997). Successful prevention programs for children and adolescents. New York: Plenum
    Press.

    5. Coie, J., Watt, N., West, S., Hawkins, J., Asarnow, J., Markman, H., Ramey, S., Shure, M., & Long,
    B. (1993). The science of prevention: A conceptual framework and some directions for a national
    research program. American Psychologist, 48, 1013-1022.

    6. Kirby, L. & Fraser, M. (1997). Risk and resilience in childhood. In M. Fraser (Ed.), Risk and
    resilience in childhood (pp. 10-33). Washington, D.C.: NASW Press.

    7. Rutter, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms. American Journal of
    Orthopsychiatry, 57, 316-331.

    8. Small, S.A. & Memmo, M. (2004). Contemporary models of youth development and problem
    prevention: Toward an integration of terms, concepts, and models. Family Relations:
    Interdisciplinary Journal of Applied Family Studies, 53(1), 3-11.

    9. LaTessa, E.J. (1999). What works in correctional intervention. Southern Illinois University Law
    Journal, 23, 415-426.

    10. Kelly, J.G. (1986). An ecological paradigm: Defining mental health consultation as a preventative
    service. In J.G. Kelly and R. Hess (Eds.), The ecology of prevention: Illustrating mental health
    consultation (pp. 1-36). New York: Haworth Press.

    11. Small, S.A. & Luster, T. (1994). An ecological, risk-factor approach to adolescent sexual activity.
    Journal of Marriage and the Family, 56, 181-192.

    12. Bogenschneider, K.P., Small, S.A., & Riley, D.A. (1990). Risk and protective factors in adolescent
    development. Paper presented at the Cooperative Extension National Youth-At-Risk Summit,
    Washington, D.C.

    13. Howell, J.C. (2003). Preventing and reducing juvenile delinquency: A comprehensive framework.
    Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

    14. Loeber, R. & Farrington, D. (Eds.). (2003). Child delinquents: Development, intervention, and service
    needs. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

    15. Roth, J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Murray, L., & Foster, W. (1998). Promoting healthy adolescents:
    Synthesis of youth development program evaluations. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 8,
    423-459.

    16. Benson, P.L. (1997). All kids are our kids: What communities must do to raise caring and responsible
    children and adolescents. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    17. Benson, P.L., Leffert, N., Scales, P.C., & Blyth, D.A. (1998). Beyond the ʺvillageʺ rhetoric: Creating
    healthy communities for children and adolescents. Applied Developmental Science, 2, 138-159.

    18. Scales, P.C. & Leffert, N. (1999). Developmental assets: A synthesis of the scientific research on
    adolescent development. Minneapolis: Search Institute.

    19. Heckman, J. (2000). Policies to foster human capital. Research in Economics, 54, 3-56.

    20. Karoly, L.A. (2001). Investing in the future: Reducing poverty through human capital
    investments. In S.H. Danziger and R.H. Haveman (Eds.), Understanding poverty (pp. 314-356).
    New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

    21. Ringwalt, C., Ennett, S., Vincus, A., Thorne, J., Rohrbach, L., & Simons-Rudolph, A. (2002). The
    prevalence of effective substance use prevention curricula in U.S. middle schools. Prevention
    Science, 3(4), 257-265.

    22. Caplan, G. (1964). The principles of preventive psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

    23. Bloom, M. (1996). Primary prevention practices. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

    24. Institute of Medicine. (1994). Reducing risks for mental health disorders: Frontier for preventive
    intervention research. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press.

    25. Levin, H.M. & McEwan, P.J. (2001). Cost-effectiveness analysis: Methods and applications (2nd ed.).
    Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

    26. Bond, L.A. & Carmola Hauf, A.M. (2004). Taking stock and putting stock in primary prevention:
    Characteristics of effective programs. The Journal of Primary Prevention, 24(3), 199-221.

    27. Kumpfer, K.L. & Alvarado, R. (2003). Family-strengthening approaches for the prevention of
    youth problem behaviors. American Psychologist, 58(6), 457-465.

    28. Nation, M., Crusto, C., Wandersman, A., Kumpfer, K., Morrisey-Kaner, E., Seybolt, D., & Davino,
    K. (2003). What works in prevention: Principles of effective prevention programs. American
    Psychologist, 58(6/7), 449-456.

    29. Andrews, D.A., Zinger, I., Hoge, R.D., Bonta, J., Gendreau, P., & Cullen, F.T. (1990). Does
    correctional treatment work? A clinically relevant and psychologically informed meta-analysis.
    Criminology, 28(3), 369-404.

    30. Gendreau, P. & Andrews, D.A. (1990). Tertiary prevention: What the meta-analyses of the
    offender treatment literature tell us about ʺwhat works.ʺ Canadian Journal of Criminology, 32(1),
    173-184.

    31. Lowenkamp, C.T. (2004). Results and lessons learned from Ohio: The principles of effective intervention.
    Retrieved February 20, 2005, from
    http://www.uc.edu/criminaljustice/Articles/Lessons_Learned.ppt

    32. Borum, R. (2003). Managing at-risk juvenile offenders in the community: Putting evidence-based
    principles into practice. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice, 19(1), 114-137.

    33. Risler, E.A., Sutphen, R., & Shields, J. (2000). Preliminary validation of the juvenile first offender
    risk assessment index. Research on Social Work Practice, 10(1), 111-126.

    34. Barnoski, R. (2004). Assessing risk for re-offense: Validating the Washington State Juvenile Court
    Assessment. Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    35. Wisconsin Division of Juvenile Corrections. (no date). Wisconsin Juvenile Classification System.
    Madison, WI: Department of Corrections, Division of Juvenile Corrections.

    36. Consortium for Longitudinal Studies. (1983). As the twig is bent… Lasting effects of preschool
    programs. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

    37. Karoly, L.A., Greenwood, P.W., Everingham, S.S., Hoube, J., Kilburn, M.R., Rydell, C.P., Sanders,
    M., & Chiesa, J. (1998). Investing in our children: What we know and donʹt know about the costs and
    benefits of early childhood interventions. Santa Monica, CA: RAND.

    38. Schweinhart, L.J., Montie, J., Xiang, Z., Barnett, W.S., Belfield, C.R., & Nores, M. (in press).
    Lifetime effects: The High/Scope Perry Preschool study through age 40. (Monographs of the High/Scope
    Educational Research Foundation, 14). Ypsilanti, Michigan: High/Scope Educational Research
    Foundation.

    39. Reynolds, A.J., Temple, J.A., Robertson, D.L., & Mann, E.A. (2002). Age 21 cost-benefit analysis of
    the Title I Chicago Child-Parent Centers. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(4), 267-303.

    40. Masse, L.N. & Barnett, W.S. (2002). A benefit-cost analysis of the Abecedarian early childhood
    intervention. New Brunswick, NJ: National Institute of Early Education Research.

    41. Garces, E., Thomas, D., & Currie, J. (2002). Longer term effects of Head Start. American Economic
    Review, 84, 900-915.

    42. Lally, J.R., Mangione, P.L., Honig, A.S., & Wittner, D.S. (1988). More pride, less delinquency:
    Findings from the ten-year follow-up study of the Syracuse University Family Development
    Research Program. Zero to Three, 8(4), 13-18.

    43. Gilliam, W.S. & Zigler, E.F. (2004). State efforts to evaluate the effects of prekindergarten: 1977-2003.
    New Haven, CT: Yale University Child Study Center. Available at
    http://nieer.org/resources/research/StateEfforts .

    44. Rapoport, D. & OʹBrien-Strain, M. (2001). In-home visitation programs: A review of the literature.
    Retrieved May 10, 2005, from http://www.sphereinstitute.org/publications/OCProp10LitRev

    45. Olds, D., Henderson, C.R., Jr., Cole, R., Eckenrode, J., Kitzman, H., Luckey, D., Pettitt, L., Sidora,
    K., Morris, P., & Powers, J. (1998). Long-term effects of nurse home visitation on childrenʹs
    criminal and antisocial behavior. Journal of the American Medical Association, 280(14), 1238-1244.

    46. Olds, D., Pettitt, L.M., Robinson, J., Henderson, C., Jr., Eckenrode, J., Kitzman, H., Cole, B., &
    Powers, J. (1998). Reducing risks for antisocial behavior with a program of prenatal and early
    childhood home visitation. Journal of Community Psychology, 26(1), 65-83.

    47. Sweet, M.A. & Appelbaum, M.I. (2004). Is home visiting an effective strategy? A meta-analytic
    review of home visiting programs with young children. Child Development, 75(5), 1435-1456.

    48. National Center for Children, Families, and Communities. Nurse-Family Partnership. Retrieved
    April 5, 2005, from http://www.nccfc.org/pdfs/descriptionNFP

    49. Webster-Stratton, C. & Hammond, M. (1997). Treating children with early-onset conduct
    problems: A comparison of child and parent training interventions. Journal of Consulting and
    Clinical Psychology, 65(1), 93-109.

    50. Eckenrode, J., Izzo, C., & Campa-Muller, M. (2002). Early intervention and family support
    programs. In R.M. Lerner, F. Jacobs, and D. Wertlieb (Eds.), Handbook of Applied Developmental Sci-
    ence (Vol. 2, pp. 161-195). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    51. Strengthening Americaʹs Families. Retrieved April 1, 2005, from http://strengtheningfamilies.org/

    52. Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. (2003). Safe and Sound: An Educa-
    tional Leaderʹs Guide to Evidence-based Social and Emotional (SEL) Programs. Retrieved April 5, 2005,
    from http://www.casel.org/downloads/Safe%20and%20Sound/1A_Safe_&_Sound

    53. Wilson, D.B., Gottfredson, D.C., & Najaka, S.S. (2001). School-based prevention of problem
    behaviors: A meta-analysis. Journal of Quantitative Criminology, 17(3), 247-272.

    54. Hawkins, J., Catalano, R.F., Morrison, D.M., OʹDonnell, J., Abbott, R.D., & Day, L.E. (1992). The
    Seattle Social Development Project: Effects of the first four years on protective factors and
    problem behaviors. In J. McCord and R.E. Tremblay (Eds.), Preventing antisocial behavior:
    Interventions from birth through adolescence. New York: Guilford Press.

    55. Hawkins, J.D., Catalano, R.F., Kosterman, R., Abbott, R., & Hill, K.G. (1999). Preventing
    adolescent health-risk behaviors by strengthening protection during childhood. Archives of
    Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 153, 226-234.

    56. Weissberg, R.P. & Greenberg, M.T. (1997). School and community competence-enhancement and
    prevention programs. In I.E. Sigel and K.A. Renninger (Eds.), Child psychology in practice (5th ed.,
    Vol. 5, pp. 139-161). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

    57. Mihalic, S., Fagan, A., Irwin, K., Ballard, D., & Elliot, D. (2004). Blueprints for Violence Prevention.
    Washington, D.C.: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention.

    58. Szapocznik, J., Santisteban, D., Rio, A., Perez-Vidal, A., Santisteban, D., & Kurtines, W.M. (1989).
    Family Effectiveness Training: An intervention to prevent drug abuse and problem behaviors in
    Hispanic adolescents. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 11, 4-27.

    59. University of Utah – Department of Health Promotion and Educaton.Strengthening Families
    Program. Retrieved May 25, 2005, from www.strengtheningfamiliesprogram.org

    60. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). SAMHSA Model
    Programs. Retrieved May 18, 2005, from http://modelprograms.samhsa.gov/

    61. Yung, B.R. & Hammond, W.R. (1998). Breaking the cycle: A culturally sensitive violence
    prevention program for African-American children and adolescents. In J.R. Lutzker (Ed.),
    Handbook of child abuse research and treatment. New York: Plenum.

    62. Rhodes, J.E. & Roffman, J.G. (2002). Relationship-based interventions: The impact of mentoring
    and apprenticeship on youth development. In R.M. Lerner, F. Jacobs, and D. Wertlieb (Eds.),
    Handbook of applied developmental science (Vol. 2, pp. 225-236). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    63. Jekielek, S.M., Moore, K.A., Hair, E.C., & Scarupa, M.S. (2002). Mentoring: A promising strategy for
    youth development. Washington, D.C.

    64. Tierney, J.P., Grossman, J.B., & Resch, N.L. (1995). Making a Difference: An Impact Study of Big
    Brothers Big Sisters. Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures.

    65. Grossman, J.B. & Rhodes, J.E. (2002). The test of time: Predictors and effects of duration in youth
    mentoring relationships. American Journal of Community Psychology, 30(2), 199-219.

    66. Greenberg, D.H., Michalopoulos, C., & Robins, P.K. (2003). A meta-analysis of government-
    sponsored training programs. Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 57(1), 31-53.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    67. Burghardt, J., Schochet, P.Z., McConnell, S., Johnson, T., Gritz, R.M., Glazerman, S.,
    Homrighausen, J., & Jackson, R. (2001). Does Job Corps Work? Summary of the National Job Corps
    Study. Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc.

    68. Gottfredson, D.C., Gerstenblith, S.A., Soule, D.A., Womer, S.C., & Lu, S. (2004). Do after school
    programs reduce delinquency? Prevention Science, 5(4), 253-266.

    69. Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction. Charter Schools in Wisconsin. Retrieved April 5, 2005,
    from http://www.dpi.state.wi.us/dpi/dfm/sms/csindex.html

    70. Gottfredson, D. (2001). Schools and delinquency. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    71. Cox, S.M., Davidson, W.S., & Bynum, T.S. (1995). A meta-analytic assessment of delinquency-
    related outcomes of alternative education programs. Crime and Delinquency, 41(2), 219-234.

    72. Lipsey, M.W. (1992). Juvenile delinquency treatment: A meta-analytic inquiry into the variability
    of effects. In T. Cook, et al. (Eds.), Meta-analysis for explanation: A casebook (pp. 83-127). New York:
    Russell Sage Foundation.

    73. Greenwood, P.W. (1996). Responding to juvenile crime: Lessons learned. The Future of Children,
    6(3), 75-85.

    74. Davidson, W.S., Redner, R., Amdur, R.L., & Mitchell, C.M. (1990). Alternative treatments for
    troubled youth: The case of diversion from the juvenile justice system. New York: Plenum Press.

    75. Snyder, H.N. & Sickmund, M. (1999). Minorities in the juvenile justice system. Retrieved April 6,
    2005, from http://www.ncjrs.org/pdffiles1/ojjdp/179007

    76. Wood-Westland, S. (2002). Nebraska Pretrial Diversion Guidelines and Resources. Retrieved March
    28, 2005, from
    http://www.ncc.state.ne.us/pdf/juvenile_justice_materials/03_DiversionManual

    77. National Youth Court Center. (2005). National Youth Court Center – Listing by state. Retrieved
    February 16, 2005, from http://www.youthcourt.net/national_listing/United_states/queryWI.asp

    78. Pearson, S.S. & Jurich, S. (2005). A national update: Communities embracing youth courts for at-risk
    youth. Washington, D.C.: American Youth Policy Forum.

    79. Butts, J.A., Buck, J., & Coggeshall, M.B. (2002). The impact of Teen Court on young offenders.
    Philadelphia: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center.

    80. Harrison, P., Maupin, J.R., & Mays, F.L. (2001). Teen court: An examination of processes and
    outcomes. Crime and Delinquency, 47(2), 243-264.

    81. Minor, K.I., Wells, J.B., Soderstrom, I.R., Bingham, R., & Williamson, D. (1999). Sentence
    completion and recidivism among juveniles referred to teen courts. Crime & Delinquency, 45(4),
    467-480.

    82. Roman, J., Butts, J.A., & Rebeck, A.S. (2004). American drug policy and the evolution of drug
    treatment courts. In J.A. Butts and J. Roman (Eds.), Juvenile drug courts and teen substance abuse
    (pp. 27-54). Washington, D.C.: The Urban Institute Press.

    83. Henggeler, S.W., Clingempeel, W.G., Brondino, M.J., & Pickrel, S.G. (2002). Four-year follow-up
    of multisystemic therapy with substance-abusing and substance-dependent juvenile offenders.
    Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 41(7), 868-874.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    84. Borduin, C.M., Mann, B.J., Cone, L.T., & Henggeler, S.W. (1995). Multisystemic treatment of
    serious juvenile offenders: Long-term prevention of criminality and violence. Journal of Consulting
    & Clinical Psychology, 63(4), 569-578.

    85. Alexander, J.F., Pugh, C., Parsons, B.V., Sexton, T., Barton, C., Bonomo, J., Gordon, D., Grotpeter,
    J.K., Hansson, K., Harrison, R., Mears, S., Mihalic, S., Ostrum, N., Schulman, S., & Waldron, H.
    (2000). Functional Family Therapy. In D.S. Elliot (Ed.), Blueprints for Violence Prevention: Book 3.
    Boulder, CO: Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence, Institute of Behavioral Science,
    University of Colorado.

    86. Chamberlain, P. (2003). Treating chronic juvenile offenders: Advances made through the Oregon multi-
    dimensional treatment foster care model. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.

    87. Lipsey, M.W., Chapman, G.L., & Landenberger, N.A. (2001). Cognitive-behavioral programs for
    offenders. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 578, 144.

    88. Latessa, E.J. (2005). What works and what doesn’t in reducing recidivism: The principles of effective
    intervention. Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Presented to the Wisconsin Governorʹs Juvenile Justice
    Commission, March 14, 2005.

    89. Maloney, D. (1994). Clearer by the day. In Wisconsin Family Impact Seminars Briefing Report:
    Promising approaches for addressing juvenile crime. Madison, WI: Center for Excellence in Family
    Studies, University of Wisconsin–Madison.

    90. Board of Corrections. (2002). Repeat Offender Prevention Program: Final report to the Legislature.
    Sacramento, CA: Author.

    91. Puzzanchera, C., Stahl, A.L., Finnegan, T.A., Tierney, N., & Snyder, H.N. (in press). Juvenile Court
    Statistics 2000. Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice.

    92. Wisconsin Division of Juvenile Corrections.DJC technical assistance to counties. Retrieved October
    28, 2004, from http://www.wi-doc.com/index_juvenile.htm

    93. Wisconsin Statutes, Juvenile Justice Code, 938.534 – Intensive Supervision Program (2003)

    94. Robertson, A.A., Grimes, P.W., & Rogers, K.E. (2001). A short-run cost-benefit analysis of
    community-based interventions for juvenile offenders. Crime and Delinquency, 47(2), 265-284.

    95. Barton, W.H. & Butts, J.A. (1990). Viable options: Intensive supervision programs for juvenile
    delinquents. Crime and Delinquency, 36(2), 238-256.

    96. Gendreau, P., Goggin, C., Cullen, F.T., & Andrews, D.A. (2000). The effects of community
    sanctions and incarceration on recidivism. Forum on Corrections Research, 12(2), 10-13.

    97. Howell, J.C. (1998). Guide for implementing the comprehensive strategies for serious, violent, and chronic
    juvenile offenders. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office
    of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention.

    98. Nugent, W.R., Williams, M., & Umbreit, M.S. (2004). Participation in victim-offender mediation
    and the prevalence of subsequent delinquent behavior: A meta-analysis. Research on Social Work
    Practice, 14(6), 408-416.

    99. Umbreit, M.S., Coates, R.B., & Vos, B. (2004). Victim-offender mediation: Three decades of
    practice and research. Conflict Resolution Quarterly, 22(1), 279-303.

    What Works, Wisconsin References

    100. Schneider, A.L. (1990). Deterrence and juvenile crime: Results from a national policy experiment. New
    York: Springer-Verlag.

    101. Lipsey, M.W. (1999). Can rehabilitative programs reduce the recidivism of juvenile offenders? An
    inquiry into the effectiveness of practical programs. Virginia Journal of Social Policy and the Law, 6,
    611-641.

    102. Taggart, V.S., Bush, P.J., Zuckerman, A.E., & Theiss, P.K. (1990). A process evaluation of the
    District of Columbia ʺKnow Your Bodyʺ project. Journal of School Health, 60, 60-66.

    103. LaTessa, E.J. (2004). The challenge of change: Correction programs and evidence-based practices.
    Criminology & Public Policy, 3(4), 547-560.

    104. Gendreau, P., Goggin, C., & Smith, P. (1999). The forgotten issue in effective correctional
    treatment: Program implementation. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative
    Criminology, 43(2), 180-187.

    105. Wilson, S.J., Lipsey, M.W., & Soydan, H. (2003). Are mainstream programs for juvenile
    delinquency less effective with minority youth than majority youth? A meta-analysis of outcomes
    research. Research on Social Work Practice, 13(1), 3-26.

    106. Pope, C.E., Lovell, R., & Hsia, H.M. (2002). Disproportionate minority confinement: A review of the
    research literature from 1989 through 2001. Retrieved April 6, 2005, from
    http://ojjdp.ncjrs.org/dmc/pdf/dmc89_01

    107. National Center for Juvenile Justice. (March 4, 2005). State Juvenile Justice Profiles: Oregon.
    Retrieved April 20, 2005, from http://www.ncjj.org/stateprofiles/

    108. National Science and Technology Council. (1997). Investing in our future: A national research
    initiative for Americaʹs children for the 21st century. Washington, D.C.: Executive Office of the
    President, Office of Science and Technology Policy.

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS

    TYPE PROGRAM NAME
    USED IN

    WI?
    REGISTRIES
    (See App. C)

    DELIVERY
    SITE/

    CONTEXT

    AGE
    RANGE OF

    TARGET
    AUDIENCE

    TARGETED
    POPULATIONS

    DOSAGE/
    DURATION

    PRIMARY PREVENTION
    PRESCHOOL

    CHICAGO CHILD-PARENT
    CENTERS

    Yes 6,8,7,10,11 School 3-9 years Economically
    disadvantaged children
    in urban area

    Up to 6 years

    HIGH SCOPE PERRY
    PRESCHOOL

    No 1,2,5,6,7,8,9, 10,
    11

    School 3-4 years Low SES children 1 to 2 years

    ABECEDARIAN PROJECT No 9,10,11 School 6-12 weeks
    old through
    kindergarten

    Low SES children Up to 8 years, with
    5 days per week
    for 5 years

    FAMILY SUPPORT
    NURSE-FAMILY
    PARTNERSHIP

    No 1,2,4,6,8,9,11 Family 0-2 years Children of low-income,
    first-time mothers

    Weekly-monthy
    visits, beginning in
    pregnancy and
    ending when child
    is age 2.

    STRENGTHENING FAMILIES –
    10-14

    Yes 2,3,4,8 Family 10-12 years General population 7 2-hour sessions +
    4 boosters

    SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL LEARNING
    SKILLS, OPPORTUNITIES,
    AND RECOGNITION (SOAR),
    formerly known as SEATTLE
    SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT
    PROJECT

    Unknown 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,11 School Grades 1-6 Elementary school
    children in urban, high
    crime areas

    Multi-year;
    consistent during
    school year

    OLWEUS BULLYING
    PREVENTION

    Yes 1,2,7,8 School 6-15 years Elementary and junior
    high school students

    Multi-year;
    consistent during
    school year

    Page 1 of 6

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS

    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    DELINQUENCY

    RELATED

    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    NON-DELINQUENCY

    RELATED

    AGE/TIME AT
    LAST FOLLOW-

    UP
    COSTS PER

    YOUTH
    BENEFITS PER

    YOUTH
    NET

    BENEFIT

    RETURN
    PER $1

    INVESTED

    PRIMARY PREVENTION
    PRESCHOOL
    Compared to control group: less
    delinquency up to age 18, fewer
    multiple arrests, fewer arrests
    for violent offenses

    Compared to control group:
    greater school readiness at
    kindergarten, higher scores in
    reading and math in third grade,
    less likely to repeat a grade, less
    likely to receive special
    education, higher scores on life
    skills competency exams, higher
    ratings of parent involvement,
    fewer reports of child
    maltreatment, greater
    educational attainment

    Age 21 years $7,755 $78,732 $70,977 $10.15

    Compared to control group:
    reductions in anti-social
    behavior and misconduct, fewer
    fights, fewer criminal justice
    contacts, fewer arrests, less time
    on probation

    Compared to control group:
    greater educational attainment
    for the females but not males,
    stronger commitment to school,
    less likely to have mental
    impairment, higher job earnings,
    more likely to own their own
    homes, less welfare assistance

    Age 40 years $16,648 $283,995 $267,347 $17.07

    None Compared to control group:
    higher math and reading scores,
    less likely to repeat a grade, less
    likely to receive special
    education, higher IQ and school
    achievement

    Age 21 years $70,588 $142,327 $71,739 $2.02

    FAMILY SUPPORT
    As Adolescents: less likely to
    run away, less likely to be
    arrested, less likely to be
    convicted of a crime

    As Adolescents: fewer sexual
    partners, less cigarette smoking.
    For mothers: less substance use
    during pregnancy, smaller
    family size, fewer closely spaced
    births, less welfare assistance,
    fewer cases of child abuse and

    Age 15 years $7,324 $37,041 $29,717 $5.06

    Fewer conduct problems Less likely to use substances,
    less likely to affiliate with a
    delinquent peer group. Parents
    more affectionate and set better
    limits for children.

    4 years $874 $6,833 $5,959 $7.82

    SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL LEARNING
    Fewer violent acts Better behavior in school, more

    attachment to school, greater self-
    reported achievement, less likely
    to be sexually active, less likely
    to have multiple sex partners,
    less likely to drink alcohol
    heavily

    6 years $4,712 $14,810 $10,100 $3.14

    Decrease in vandalism, fighting,
    theft, bullying

    Improved classroom order and
    discipline; more positive
    attitudes toward school

    2.5 years

    Page 2 of 6

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS
    TYPE PROGRAM NAME
    USED IN
    WI?
    REGISTRIES
    (See App. C)
    DELIVERY
    SITE/
    CONTEXT
    AGE
    RANGE OF
    TARGET
    AUDIENCE
    TARGETED
    POPULATIONS
    DOSAGE/
    DURATION

    SECONDARY PREVENTION
    FAMILY TRAINING

    FAMILY EFFECTIVENESS
    TRAINING (FET)

    Unknown 1,8 Family 6-12 years At-risk Hispanic/Latino
    youth and their families

    13 1-1.5 hour
    sessions

    SOCIAL SKILLS TRAINING
    POSITIVE ADOLESCENT
    CHOICES TRAINING (PACT)

    Unknown 8 School 10-18 years African American
    student with conduct
    problems and/or
    histories of victimization

    MENTORING
    BIG BROTHERS BIG SISTERS
    OF AMERICA

    Yes 1,2,8 Community 6-18 years Disadvantaged/at-risk
    youth; youth from single-
    parent families

    2-4 times per
    month for at least
    one year

    VOCATIONAL/JOB TRAINING
    NATIONAL JOB CORPS Yes 8 School and

    Community
    16-24 years Economically

    disadvantaged youth
    Average 8 months

    JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS
    DIVERSION

    ADOLESCENT DIVERSION
    PROJECT, also known as
    MICHIGAN STATE

    No 8,9 Community 10 to 18 Youth entering justice
    system

    6-8 hours a week
    for 18 weeks

    THERAPEUTIC INTERVENTIONS
    MULTISYSTEMIC THERAPY No 1,2,4,7,8 Home,

    school, and
    community

    12-17 years Juvenile offenders at
    high risk of out-of-home
    placement

    Average 60 hours
    of therapist contact
    in a 4-month
    period

    FUNCTIONAL FAMILY
    THERAPY

    No 2,4,7,8 Family 11-18 years High-risk/acting out
    youth (delinquency,
    violence and substance
    use) and their families

    Average 8 to 12
    hours, no more
    than 26 hours

    (MULTIDIMENSIONAL)
    TREATMENT FOSTER CARE

    Yes 1,2,3,4,7,8 Foster home 11-18 years Juvnile offenders;
    adolescents with chronic
    antisocial behavior or
    emotional disturbances

    6-9 months

    CASE MANAGEMENT/MULTIMODAL
    REPEAT OFFENDER
    PREVENTION PROGRAM

    No 8 Community 8 to 15 First-time offenders
    under 15.5 years old and
    exhibiting at least three
    risk factors

    Varies, average 12-
    18 months

    Page 3 of 6

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS

    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    DELINQUENCY RELATED

    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    NON-DELINQUENCY
    RELATED
    AGE/TIME AT
    LAST FOLLOW-
    UP
    COSTS PER
    YOUTH
    BENEFITS PER
    YOUTH
    NET
    BENEFIT
    RETURN
    PER $1
    INVESTED

    SECONDARY PREVENTION
    FAMILY TRAINING
    Decrease in youth conduct
    problems

    Decrease in associations with
    delinquent peers, improved self-
    concept, improved family
    functioning

    6 months

    SOCIAL SKILLS TRAINING
    Less physical aggression, less
    involvement with the juvenile
    court system, less violence-
    related charges, fewer offenses

    Immediate post-
    test

    MENTORING
    Compared to control group: less
    likely to hit someone in the past
    year

    Compared to control group: less
    initiation of alcohol and drug
    use, fewer school absenses,
    higher grades, higher scholastic
    competence scores, better
    relationships with family and
    friends

    18 months after
    found eligible to
    participate

    $4,117 $4,166 $49 $1.01

    VOCATIONAL/JOB TRAINING
    Reduction in recidivism;
    compared to control group:
    fewer arrests, fewer convictions,
    less time incarcerated

    Compared to control group:
    more time in academic classes,
    larger increases in education and
    skill levels, more money earned
    after completing the program

    48 months after
    entering program

    $15,804 $22,883 $7,079 $1.45

    JUVENILE OFFENDER PROGRAMS
    DIVERSION
    All but one of the treatment
    models outperformed the
    control group for reduction in

    2 years $1,825 $24,708 $22,883 $13.54

    THERAPEUTIC INTERVENTIONS
    Reduction in long-term re-arrest
    rates

    Improved family functioning,
    decreases in youth mental health
    problems, reduction in
    subsequent out-of-home
    placements

    4 years $5,832 $15,395 $9,563 $2.64

    Reductions in recidivism,
    reductions in sibling entry into
    high-risk behaviors

    Improved family positive
    communication, reduced
    negative/blaming
    communication styles

    5 years $2,197 $29,111 $26,914 $13.25

    Compared to group home
    placements: fewer subsequent
    arrests, fewer subsequent days
    incarcerated

    Less hard drug use 12 months $2,524 $27,460 $24,936 $10.88

    CASE MANAGEMENT/MULTIMODAL
    More likely to complete court-
    ordered obligations for
    restitution, work, and
    community service; Fewer
    sustained petitions for new
    offenses; Less likely to abscond

    Reduced percentage of positive
    drug tests; Improved school
    attendance; Improved grade
    point average; Less likely to fall
    below grade level

    2 years after
    original offense

    N/A

    N/A N/A N/A

    Page 4 of 6

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS
    TYPE PROGRAM NAME
    USED IN
    WI?
    REGISTRIES
    (See App. C)
    DELIVERY
    SITE/
    CONTEXT
    AGE
    RANGE OF
    TARGET
    AUDIENCE
    TARGETED
    POPULATIONS
    DOSAGE/
    DURATION

    STANDARD SERVICE MODEL
    JUVENILE COURT Yes N/A Justice

    system;
    Community

    N/A Juvenile offenders 2-3 hearings

    STANDARD PROBATION Yes N/A Justice
    system;
    Community

    N/A Juvenile offenders Varies; avg. 12-15
    months

    JUVENILE CORRECTIONAL
    INSTITUTION

    Yes N/A Justice
    system;
    Institution

    N/A Juvenile offenders Varies

    Page 5 of 6

    APPENDIX A:
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DETAILS
    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    DELINQUENCY RELATED
    EVALUATED OUTCOMES-
    NON-DELINQUENCY
    RELATED
    AGE/TIME AT
    LAST FOLLOW-
    UP
    COSTS PER
    YOUTH
    BENEFITS PER
    YOUTH
    NET
    BENEFIT
    RETURN
    PER $1
    INVESTED

    STANDARD SERVICE MODEL
    N/A N/A N/A $2,000

    average cost
    N/A N/A N/A

    N/A N/A N/A $2,160
    annual cost

    N/A N/A N/A

    N/A N/A N/A $68,255
    annual cost

    N/A N/A N/A

    Page 6 of 6

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix B

    APPENDIX B: EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS

    CHICAGO CHILD-PARENT CENTERS
    The Child-Parent Centers aim to promote academic achievement by providing service to preschoolers,
    kindergarteners, and first- through third-grade children and their families. The centers provide a stable
    learning environment with small class sizes to educationally and economically disadvantaged children.
    This community-based intervention provides both educational and family-support services. The Centers
    encourage parental involvement in the school and in the children’s learning.

    For more information:
    Sonja Griffin
    sogriffin@csc.cps.k12.il.us
    (773) 553-1958

    HIGH/SCOPE PERRY PRESCHOOL
    The High/Scope Perry Preschool targets disadvantaged children 3 to 4 years old. The preschool program
    seeks to foster positive intellectual, social, and physical development in participating children. Ulti-
    mately, the program aims to decrease crime, teenage pregnancy, and use of welfare by improving the
    employment prospects for its participants.

    For more information:
    High/Scope Educational Research Foundation
    http://www.highscope.org/

    ABECEDARIAN PROJECT
    The Abecedarian program begins at 6 to 12 weeks of age and ends when the child enters kindergarten.
    Primarily it is a preschool program in which children receive developmentally appropriate education and
    health care. Parents attend group meetings and often receive home visits.

    For more information:
    FPG Child Development Institute
    University of North Carolina
    http://www.fpg.unc.edu/

    NURSE-FAMILY PARTNERSHIP
    The Nurse-Family Partnership is a home-visiting program targeting low-income, first-time mothers and
    their babies. Home visits begin during pregnancy and continue until the child is 2 years old.

    For more information:
    National Center for Children, Families, and Communities
    University of Colorado
    http://www.nccfc.org/

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix B

    STRENGTHENING FAMILIES FOR PARENTS AND YOUTH 10 TO 14
    The Strengthening Families for Parents and Youth 10-14 program initially separates parents and children
    to work on behavioral and cognitive skills, and then brings them together to practice their skills in family
    activities. The program runs for seven sessions with four booster sessions.

    For more information:
    Iowa State University Extension
    http://www.extension.iastate.edu/SFP

    SKILLS, OPPORTUNITIES, AND RECOGNITION (SOAR), formerly known as
    SEATTLE SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
    The SOAR program aims to promote strong bonds between families and schools. The program consists of
    two components: cooperative, developmentally-appropriate teaching practices in the classroom and op-
    tional parental education classes. The program is designed to prevent or reduce conduct problems, peer
    rejection, and academic failure in elementary school students in urban areas.

    For more information:
    Social Development Research Group
    University of Washington
    http://depts.washington.edu/ssdp/

    OLWEUS BULLYING PREVENTION
    The Bullying Prevention program is a universal prevention program designed for school-wide interven-
    tions. The program aims to reduce and prevent bullying and victimization in schools.

    For more information:
    National Center of Rural Justice and Crime Prevention
    Clemson University
    http://virtual.clemson.edu/groups/ncrj/

    FAMILY EFFECTIVENESS TRAINING
    Family Effectiveness Training targets Hispanic and Latino families with children 6 to 12 years old. The
    training focuses on families in which problems, such as negative peer influence on the child, poor behav-
    ior/conduct of the child, or poor parent-child communication, occur. The therapist or facilitator works
    with the family members to establish good communication and order within the family.

    For more information:
    Center for Family Studies
    University of Miami School of Medicine
    http://www.cfs.med.miami.edu/

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix B

    POSITIVE ADOLESCENT CHOICES TRAINING (PACT)
    The PACT program typically targets at-risk African-American youths aged 10 to 18, but can be adapted to
    other populations, such as youths with conduct disorder or a history of victimizations. This program
    teaches social skills and problem-solving techniques through videotaped scenarios involving African-
    American youths. The training focuses on issues related to interpersonal violence.

    For more information:
    The Center for Child and Adolescent Violence Prevention
    Wright State University
    http://www.wright.edu/sopp/ccavp/

    BIG BROTHERS BIG SISTERS OF AMERICA
    Currently, Big Brothers/Big Sisters serves youth through more than 500 organizations across the United
    States. The program matches children and adolescents from single-parent families with a volunteer men-
    tor adult to provide support in their lives. Mentors and matched youth meet two to four times a month
    for at least a year.

    For more information:
    Big Brothers/Big Sisters of America
    www.BBBSA.org

    JOB CORPS
    Job Corps provides economically disadvantaged youths 16 to 24 years of age education and vocational
    training in a residential living setting. The Job Corps environment aims to provide the skills necessary for
    job attainment.

    For more information:
    U.S. Department of Labor
    http://jobcorps.doleta.gov/

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix B

    ADOLESCENT DIVERSION PROJECT/MICHIGAN STATE DIVERSION PROJECT
    Juvenile offenders receive behavioral therapy and/or other services from college students, mainly juniors
    and seniors, who receive training in behavioral intervention and advocacy. Students and offenders work
    one-on-one, for 6-8 hours per week, for 18 weeks. Variations on the program place emphasis on family
    involvement in the intervention, relationship building between client and caseworker, or on different be-
    havioral therapy approaches.

    For more information:
    Department of Psychology
    Michigan State University
    william.davidson@ssc.msu.edu

    MULTISYSTEMIC THERAPY
    The family of a juvenile offender receives in-home treatment from therapists who are available 24 hours a
    day, seven days a week. Therapists have caseloads of 4-6 families at a time, and they focus on improving
    parenting effectiveness by empowering parents and teaching them new parenting skills. Average treat-
    ment includes about 60 hours of contact over a 4-month period.

    For more information:
    Multisystemic Therapy Services
    http://www.mstservices.com/

    FUNCTIONAL FAMILY THERAPY
    Functional Family Therapy is designed to treat high-risk youth and their families. The therapy practice is
    grounded in clinical theory but is flexible enough to be adapted to treat a variety of complex family prob-
    lems.

    For more information:
    Functional Family Therapy
    http://www.fftinc.com/

    (MULTI-DIMENSIONAL) TREATMENT FOSTER CARE
    In this alternative to group home placement, a troubled or delinquent youth receives treatment through
    trained foster parents and continues to attend school in his or her home community. Case managers su-
    pervise the foster parents, coordinate needed interventions at school, and develop an individualized
    behavior management program to be implemented by the foster parents. The youth’s family of origin is
    also trained in behavior management techniques to promote better supervision and continuing interven-
    tion when the juvenile returns home.

    For more information:
    TFC Consultants, Inc.
    http://www.mtfc.com/

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix B

    REPEAT OFFENDER PREVENTION PROGRAM / THE 8% SOLUTION
    All juvenile offenders in California are assessed for recidivism risk at intake. Lower risk offenders are
    assigned to the Intensive Intervention Program (for medium-risk) or the Immediate Accountability Pro-
    gram (for low-risk). High-risk offenders under age 15½ are referred to the Youth and Family Resource
    Center in their community, where several youth-serving agencies work together to devise a case plan.
    (Other programs are available for high-risk, older adolescents.) Participants attend school at the center,
    are provided transportation to and from the center, receive intensive in-home services for their families,
    and may also participate in other center programs, including:

    • Parent education and teen parenting classes
    • Health screening and health education services
    • Drug and alcohol abuse services
    • Mental health screening and services
    • Afternoon recreation and specialized programming
    • Saturday field trips and community service projects

    For more information:
    Orange County Probation Department – The 8% Solution
    http://www.oc.ca.gov/probation/solution/index.asp
    California Board of Corrections, Repeat Offender Prevention Program
    http://www.bdcorr.ca.gov/cppd/ropp/ropp.htm

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix C

    APPENDIX C: LIST OF PROGRAM REGISTRIES

    1. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) Model Programs

    U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
    http://modelprograms.samhsa.gov/

    2. Blueprints for Violence Prevention

    Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence
    University of Colorado
    http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/blueprints/index.html

    3. Exemplary and Promising Safe, Disciplined and Drug-Free Schools Programs

    U.S. Department of Education
    http://www.ed.gov/admins/lead/safety/exemplary01/index.html

    4. Strengthening Americaʹs Families

    University of Utah
    http://www.strengtheningfamilies.org/html/

    5. The Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL)

    University of Illinois – Chicago
    http://www.casel.org/about_sel/SELprograms.php

    6. Promising Practices Network

    RAND Corporation
    http://www.promisingpractices.net/benchmark.asp?benchmarkid=52

    7. Youth Violence: A Report of the Surgeon General

    http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/youthviolence/chapter5/sec3.html

    8. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) Model Program Guide

    http://www.dsgonline.com/mpg_non_flash/mpg_index2.htm

    9. Price, R. H., Cowen, E.L., Lorion, R.P., and Ramos-McKay, J. (Eds.). (1988). 14 Ounces of Prevention: A

    Casebook for Practitioners. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.

    10. Crane, J. (Ed.). (1998). Social programs that work. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

    11. Weissberg, R. P., and Greenberg, M.T. (1997). School and community competence-enhancement and

    prevention programs. In I. E. Sigel, and Renninger, K.A. (Eds.), Child psychology in practice (5 ed., Vol.
    5). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix D

    APPENDIX D: GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING
    EVIDENCE-BASED PROGRAMS

    Knowing that a program has undergone rigorous testing and evaluation can reassure potential pro-
    gram sponsors that the program is likely to be effective under the right conditions and with the
    appropriate audience. However, knowing which program is the “right one” for a particular setting and
    audience is not always easy to determine. There are a number of critical factors that planners need to con-
    sider when selecting a program for their organization or community. Here we provide a detailed set of
    guidelines to assist program planners in the task of selecting an appropriate, evidence-based program for
    their particular agency and audience. Below we provide a summary of some of these principles.

    The goals and objectives of the program should be consistent with the goals and objectives of the sponsoring or-
    ganization and the targeted program participants.

    Program sponsors should have a good handle on the outcomes that they would like to
    achieve. When determining outcomes it is important to consider not only the goals and interests
    of the program’s sponsors, but also the desires and needs as seen from the perspective of poten-
    tial participants. Appropriate programs should be keyed to the assets and risk and protective
    factors that are relevant to the target audience.

    Questions to consider:
    • What are your goals and objectives for implementing this program? How well does the

    program address them?
    • What are the goals and objectives of the participants? How well does the program ad-

    dress them?
    • Does the program address the risk and protective factors most relevant to the sponsor’s

    and participants’ goals? Does it build assets and resources in those areas that are most
    important?

    • Is the program of sufficient length and intensity to meet the goals of the facilitator
    and/or participants?

    There should be sufficient resources and time available to implement the program.

    Some evidence-based programs are fairly expensive to implement, requiring many resources
    and a significant time commitment. For example, they may require that facilitators attend multi-
    day trainings offered by the program’s developers or that the program be facilitated by profes-
    sionals with particular qualifications. Program sponsors need to assess whether they have the
    human and financial resources that a program demands.

    Questions to consider:

    • Are there sufficient financial resources to implement the program?
    • Is special training required of program facilitators? How accessible and affordable are

    materials and training?
    • Does the sponsoring organization(s) have staff members who are willing to make the

    time commitment? Do the staff members have the skills and experience needed to im-
    plement the program?

    • Can the program be implemented within the time available?

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix D

    The program’s assumptions and activities should be consistent with the values and cultural practices of the tar-
    get audience.

    Taking into account the values and culture of the intended audience is critically important.
    Some programs are intentionally designed for certain populations or cultural groups. Others are
    more generic and designed for universal audiences. It’s important to consider whether particular
    programs are compatible with particular groups.

    Questions to consider:

    • Does the program take into account the class, cultural and historical backgrounds of the
    participants?

    • Are the outcomes and practices consistent with the values and norms of the target audi-
    ence?

    • Does the program take into account developmental, gender and individual differences of
    both adults and children?

    • Are the assumptions made about human nature, development and how people learn and
    change consistent with the cultural beliefs of the target audience?

    The program should be flexible enough to be adapted to the local setting and situation.

    In order for an evidence-based program to be effective, it needs to be implemented in a way
    that is similar to its original, documented design. Most programs have well-specified program
    components that should be implemented with close correspondence to the original model. This is
    known as program fidelity. On the other hand, in order to meet local needs and promote pro-
    gram ownership, it may be necessary to adapt a program to the local conditions where it will be
    delivered. This is known as program adaptation. Depending on the design, some programs are
    more easily adapted.

    Questions to consider:

    • How rigid or flexible is the program?
    • Can the program be adapted to the needs or culture of your audience?
    • Is the program’s designer available to assist with local adaptation?

    The program should be found effective for the specific population(s) with which you are working.

    In order for a program to be deemed evidence-based, it must go through a series of rigorous
    evaluations and meet certain standards. Even so, most evidence-based programs have only been
    evaluated with a limited number of populations and under a relatively narrow range of condi-
    tions. While it is likely that most well-established evidence-based programs will be effective and
    appropriate for a range of audiences and situations, they will not be suitable or effective for every
    audience or situation. When considering the merits of a program for a particular setting, it is im-
    portant to examine whether there is evidence that the program will be appropriate for the target
    audience.

    What Works, Wisconsin Appendix D

    Questions to consider:
    • Under what conditions has the program been found to be effective? Are these conditions

    similar to yours?
    • Has the program been evaluated with audiences similar to your target population, and

    do the results indicate that the program is effective?
    • Are participants similar to your target population satisfied with the program?

    The program should have a reasonably high probability of being sustained in the future.

    When planning a program it makes sense to think long-term and consider which programs
    are most likely to be continued in the future. Programs that require significant external funding
    are especially prone to abandonment after the funding runs out. Some programs are more readily
    adopted by existing organizations and are easier to support over the long run.

    Questions to consider:

    • Will there be sufficient financial and human resources to continue the program in the fu-
    ture?

    • Is there enough local commitment to the program so that it will be continued in the fu-
    ture, especially when external funding is no longer available?

    Evidence-based intervention and services for high-risk
    youth: a North American perspective on the challenges of
    integration for policy, practice and research

    James K. Whittaker
    Charles O. Cressey Endowed Professor Emeritus, School of Social Work, University of Washington, Seattle,

    Washington, USA

    A B S T R AC T

    This paper explores the cross-national challenges of integrating
    evidence-based interventions into existing services for high-resource-
    using children and youth. Using several North American model
    programme exemplars that have demonstrated efficacy, the paper
    explores multiple challenges confronting policy-makers, evaluation
    researchers and practitioners who seek to enhance outcomes for
    troubled children and youth and improve overall service effective-
    ness. The paper concludes with practical implications for youth and
    family professionals, researchers, service agencies and policy–makers,
    with particular emphasis on possibilities for cross-national
    collaboration.

    Correspondence:
    James K. Whittaker,
    School of Social Work,
    University of Washington,
    4101 Fifteenth Avenue NE,
    Seattle, WA 98105-6299,
    USA
    E-mail: jimw@u.washington.edu

    Keywords: children in need (services
    for), evidence-based practice,
    research in practice, therapeutic
    social work

    Accepted for publication: January
    2009

    I N T R O D U C T I O N

    Across many national boundaries and within multiple
    service contexts – juvenile justice, child mental and
    child welfare – there is a growing concern about a
    proportionately small number of multiply challenged
    children and youth who consume a disproportionate
    share of service resources, professional time and public
    attention. While accurate, empirically validated popu-
    lation estimates and descriptions remain elusive. The
    consensus of many international youth and family
    researchers, including those reported by McAuley
    and Davis (2009) (UK), Pecora et al. (2009a) (US)
    and Egelund and Lausten (2009) (Denmark) in this
    present volume seems to be that some combination of
    externalizing, ‘acting-out’ behaviour, problems with
    substance abuse, identified and often untreated mental

    health problems, experience with trauma and challeng-
    ing familial and neighbourhood factors are often, and
    in various combinations, manifest in the population of
    children and youth most challenging to serve. Many of
    these find their way into intensive out-of-home care
    services, and Thoburn (2007) provides a useful
    window into the out-of-home care status of children in
    14 countries and offers useful observations on
    improvements in collecting administrative data for
    child and family services to inform both policy and
    practice. Others call for a critical re-examination of the
    present status of ‘placement’ as a central fulcrum
    in child and family services policy and practice
    (Whittaker & Maluccio 2002).

    A sense of urgency is conveyed by the fact that
    many child and youth clients of ‘deep-end’, restrictive
    (out-of-home) services disproportionately represent
    underserved and often socially excluded families and
    communities of colour, and pose additional challenges
    in service planning around the cultural compatibility
    of proffered interventions (Blasé & Fixsen 2003;
    Barbarin et al. 2004; Miranda et al. 2005). Important
    work in this area includes ethnic and cultural

    Author note: Portions of this paper in earlier form were
    presented by the author at the 8th and 10th annual EUSARF
    International Conferences at the University of Leuven,
    Belgium, 9–11 April 2003 and the University of Padova,
    Italy, 26–29 March 2008.

    doi:10.1111/j.1365-2206.2009.00621.x

    166 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    mailto:jimw@u.washington.edu

    variations on known effective practices. Lau (2006),
    for example, offers a nuanced and sensitive treatment
    of actual and potential adaptations in existing parent
    training models. A basic concern with questions of
    equity and social justice, coupled with a growing scep-
    ticism about the efficacy of traditional residential,
    ‘place-based’ services, has heightened the search for
    more preventive, family- and community-based, cul-
    turally congruent service alternatives. All of this is set
    against a backdrop of concern about the state’s ability
    to provide effective parenting oversight and support
    for children in care, as well as those who remain with
    their families (Bullock et al. 2006). Fortunately, this
    search is occurring at a time when researchers in many
    countries are shedding light on mechanisms of risk
    and resilience (Sameroff & Gutman 2004), change
    processes involved in effective interventions (Biehal
    2008) and the challenges faced by parents in multiply
    stressed environments (Ghate & Hazel 2002; Ghate
    et al. 2008) that are rich in their potential for contri-
    butions to intervention design and evidence-informed
    practice.

    The primary purpose of this paper is to examine
    some of the challenges and opportunities in incorpo-
    rating evidence-based strategies and interventions
    into existing service systems to better meet the needs
    of high-resource-using children and youth. The
    growing corpus of empirical research on promising
    treatment strategies offers, if not clear-cut prescrip-
    tions, then rich implications for future policy initia-
    tives and service experiments.

    Indeed, the pursuit of evidence-based practice, in
    its many forms, increasingly attracts the attention of
    those who plan, deliver and evaluate critical treatment
    and rehabilitative services for vulnerable children and
    their families across national boundaries and regions.
    While definitions of ‘evidence-based practice’ empha-
    size different dimensions of that construct, the
    common themes of bringing ‘science-to-service’, and
    its reciprocal ‘service-to-science’, are increasingly
    evident in the child, youth and family services systems
    in many European countries and North America, as
    well as elsewhere. Simultaneously, reform efforts in
    the USA and many European countries press for
    community-based, family-oriented, non-residential
    alternatives to traditional residential care and treat-
    ment programmes for acting-out children and youth
    with identified mental health problems (Chamberlain
    2003; Weisz & Gray 2008). However, the impulse for
    service reform and the availability of at least some
    empirically validated model interventions do not of
    themselves constitute a sufficient basis for system

    reform, but instead serve to illuminate some of the
    many fault lines that exist in the child and family
    services field:

    • The continuing tensions between ‘front-end’, pre-
    ventive services and ‘deep-end’ highly intensive
    treatment services and the unhelpful dichotomies
    these tend to create and perpetuate

    • The tensions between a widely shared desire to
    adopt more evidence-based practices and the genu-
    inely felt resistances to these, particularly when they
    are used in a rigid fashion that requires strict adher-
    ence to established protocols with little opportunity
    for experimentation, customization or practitioner
    discretion. For example, as one family support
    researcher recently observed, we need much more
    fine-grained analyses of the actual lived experience
    of client families with the services offered to them
    (S. P. Kemp 2008, personal communication). Such
    analyses will almost certainly involved a ‘mixed-
    methods’ approach using qualitative measures and
    methods to augment quantitative studies

    • The tension, as manifested in North America and
    elsewhere between evidence-based and culturally
    competent practices, reflects, among other things,
    antagonism towards certain practice strategies
    based on perceptions of the under-representation of
    ethnic minorities in the study samples on which
    certain models have been validated
    As model programmes proliferate and are increas-

    ingly removed from the particular political and cul-
    tural niches within which they were developed, we
    would do well to heed the cautions offered by Munro
    et al. (2005) that researchers, planners and youth and
    family practitioners are at a moment in time when
    cross-national perspectives are critical in helping iden-
    tify new ways of both framing problems and shaping
    service solutions. Cross-national dialogue can help in
    identifying different formats for collecting, analysing
    and utilizing routinely gathered client information,
    analysing subtle local adaptations of internationally
    recognized evidence-based services and examining
    the effects of differing policy contexts on service
    outcomes.

    T H E Q U E S T F O R M O R E E F F E C T I V E
    I N T E R V E N T I O N S

    For the remainder of this paper, I wish to do three
    things: (1) briefly identify where we are in our search
    for effective (evidence-based) interventions; (2) assess
    how we are doing in increasing their availability to
    high-resource-using troubled youth and their families;

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    167 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    and (3) identify some particular challenges faced by
    the individual practitioner, the social agency and the
    public policy context in furthering the shared goal of
    improving outcomes, and thus life prospects for
    troubled children. The author’s bias will soon be
    readily apparent. First, as one who has spent a lifetime
    trying to bring both the precision of research methods
    and the richness of research findings to the ‘shop
    floor’ of children’s agency practice, I am convinced
    that the evidence-based practice movement will not
    succeed until it is embraced by those closest to the
    children: the child and youth care workers, the social
    workers, teachers, family support workers and others
    who, with parents, toil on the front lines of helping.
    This is not in my view a one-way street – Science-to-
    Service – but presumes a vital feedback loop from
    Service-to-Science where the insights and hypotheses
    of those most directly involved in interventions
    (including parent and child consumers) inform and
    improve successive generations of applied research
    studies. Second, I readily acknowledge the North
    American bias apparent in many of my examples – I
    write of what I know best – while recognizing a deeply
    felt need in my country for European and other cross-
    national perspectives if we are ever to achieve success
    with our internal efforts at improving outcomes.

    The search for evidence-based practices with chil-
    dren and families is now well underway on both sides
    of the Atlantic. Kazdin and Weisz (2003), Weisz
    (2004), Burns and Hoagwood (2002), Macdonald
    (2001), Pecora et al. (2009b) and McAuley et al.
    (2006) survey effective interventions in child welfare
    and child mental health services, as well as review
    current research on service populations that will
    inform the creation of novel interventions.

    The simple, nominal definition of evidence-based
    practice offered by Professor Geraldine MacDonald of
    Queen’s University in Belfast provides a useful start-
    ing point:

    Evidence-based practice indicates an approach to decision-

    making which is transparent, accountable and based on careful

    consideration of the most compelling evidence we have about

    the effects of particular interventions on the welfare of indi-

    viduals, groups and communities. (MacDonald 2001, p. xviii)

    It is clear that debates about what constitutes the
    sufficiency and quality of evidence – where to set the
    bar for rigour, how to distinguish evidence-based vs.
    evidence-informed practice – continue apace both in
    academic and practitioner discourse even as the
    evidence-based practice movement as a whole contin-
    ues to raise its profile in policy and services. These

    competing definitions and nuances are, in toto, a sign
    of health as they simply serve to underscore one or
    another aspect of what is emerging as a more fulsome
    understanding of what evidence-based practice con-
    sists of. These aspects include, but are not limited to:

    • a dual focus on aetiology and outcomes
    • the incorporation of ethics and values as key com-

    ponents

    • the development of a collaborative process with
    affected client groups

    • a commitment to transparency in processes and
    accountability
    Many practitioners and practice researchers have

    participated in the work of international groups such as
    the Campbell and Cochrane Collaborations (Littell
    2008) – originating in the health field – that attempt to
    sift, sort and categorize the state of the evidence around
    particular illnesses, socio-behavioural problems or
    social welfare concerns. Many have also experienced –
    closer to home – the increasing impact of national, state
    and regional initiatives designed to increase the content
    of proven, efficacious practices into child, youth and
    family service systems. Such initiatives typically use
    two strategies, often in combination:

    Positive Reinforcement: e.g. ‘Laying Flowers Along Certain

    Pathways’ by encouraging adoption of selected efficacious

    model interventions. (One notes in passing that ‘efficacy’ of a

    given intervention often increases in proportion to the dis-

    tance from its country of origin!)

    Coercion: e.g. Penalizing a programme, agency or practitioner

    whose interventions do not reflect a sufficient quantity of

    evidence-based practice according to an agreed-upon time

    schedule. In the USA, this typically means that a practitioner

    or service agency follows a prescribed protocol for interven-

    tion or risks losing reimbursement for services rendered.

    M OV I N G F R O M
    ‘ E F F I C AC Y- T O – E F F E C T I V E N E S S ’

    In the USA at the moment, there is growing respect
    for the complexities involved in moving from pilot
    demonstrations of effective child, youth and family
    interventions to broad-scale application: i.e. moving
    from ‘efficacy’ to ‘effectiveness’ (Jensen et al. 2005;
    Weisz & Gray 2008). What these terms signify are:
    1. That individual investigators can demonstrate sig-
    nificant results for novel treatments over standard (or
    traditional) services through carefully controlled, rig-
    orously conducted studies often including random-
    ized controlled trials: the ‘gold standard’ of clinical
    research. That is, they can demonstrate efficacy.

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    168 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    2. Yet, these impressive results do not, on close
    examination, appear to influence what might be
    thought of as routine, day-to-day practice as con-
    ducted in more familiar agency settings. Thus, the
    evidence-based practice movement, while demon-
    strating efficacy, cannot as yet demonstrate overall
    effectiveness.

    What explains this disconnect? Lisbeth Schorr, an
    astute analyst of child and family services innovation,
    sums it up succinctly: ‘Successful programs’, she says,
    ‘do not contain the seeds of their own replication’
    (Schorr 1993, quoted in Fixsen et al. 2005).

    Thus, if we are truly interested in effectiveness – i.e.
    achieving wide-scale adoption of proven efficacious
    interventions, we need to look beyond efficacy studies:
    (1) to those contextual elements that influence prac-
    tice decisions and client outcomes (Kemp et al. 1997);
    and (2) to a different kind of research undertaking
    that focuses directly on the processes involved in suc-
    cessful adoption of proven efficacious interventions
    (Weisz & Gray 2008).

    John Weisz, one of the nation’s leading research
    analysts in child mental health and a professor of
    psychology at Harvard University as well as President
    of the Judge Baker Children’s Center in Boston,
    points the way forward on what is needed to ultimately
    resolve the efficacy/effectiveness challenge:

    A very important focus for the next stage of research on

    interventions for children will be the effective implementation

    of evidence-based practices by practitioners in service settings.

    This will require an active collaboration between the research-

    ers who develop and test interventions and the clinical, child

    welfare, and education professionals who serve children and

    families. (J.R. Weisz 2008, personal communication)

    E X P L O R I N G T H E L A N D S C A P E O F
    E V I D E N C E – B A S E D S E R V I C E S F O R
    H I G H – R I S K YO U T H

    Let us proceed, then, by exploring the context within
    which evidence-based services are nested. Here, we
    find some common and proximate elements familiar
    to all who labour in the child and family services field,
    as well as a few more distal forces that, nonetheless,
    have a potential for considerable impact on the
    identification, validation and eventual integration of
    evidence-based practices. I will refer, briefly, to more
    or less typical examples from within the US context.

    Model intervention programmes

    For purposes of illustration, I offer three interventions
    that have received considerable attention in children’s

    mental health services in the USA, and which have
    been the objects of numerous community replications
    and research study both in North America and else-
    where (Whittaker 2005). These include:

    • Multisystemic Therapy (MST), developed principally
    by Dr Scott Henggeler, a psychologist now at the
    Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences,
    Medical University of South Carolina (Henggeler
    et al. 1998; Schoenwald & Rowland 2002;
    Henggeler & Lee 2003). http://www.mstservices.com

    • Treatment Foster Care (MTFC), developed in several
    clinical/research teams in the USA and represented
    here by the model (Multi-dimensional Treatment
    Foster Care) principally developed by Dr Patricia
    Chamberlain and colleagues at the Oregon Social
    Learning Center – a highly influential applied
    behaviour analysis developmental research centre –
    one of whose founding members is Dr Gerald
    Patterson (Chamberlain & Reid 1998; Chamberlain
    2002, 2003). http://www.MTFC.com

    • Wraparound Treatment, a novel, team-oriented,
    community-centred intervention developed by a
    variety of individuals including the late Dr
    John Burchard, formerly Professor of Clinical
    Psychology at the University of Vermont, John Van
    Den Berg, Carl Dennis and others beginning
    in the early 1980s (Burns & Goldman 1999;
    Burchard et al. 2002). http://www.rtc.pdx.edu/
    PDF/PhaseActivWAProcess
    [While space does not permit in depth analysis here,

    the interested reader is directed to the previously cited
    references, as well as to the web sites for each of these
    three models that include multiple references to com-
    pleted and in-progress research and demonstration
    efforts, as well as specifics on programme principles
    and components. A variation of the of the MTFC
    model designed for younger children in regular foster
    care is described in this present volume by Price et al.
    (2009)].

    These three interventions are specifically designed
    to provide alternative pathways for children who
    otherwise would be headed into more costly and
    restrictive residential provision. Dr Barbara Burns,
    Professor of Psychology at Duke University in North
    Carolina and a principal author of the children’s
    mental health section of our latest Surgeon General’s
    Report on Mental Health (US Department of Health
    and Human Services 1999) provides a succinct ratio-
    nale for why this is warranted:

    The most critical question for the future is, what will it take

    to convince payers, public and private, to support the

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    169 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    http://www.mstservices.com

    http://www.MTFC.com

    http://www.rtc.pdx.edu

    interventions that are backed up by evidence about improved

    outcomes? Assuming that the pool of dollars available for

    mental health treatment will not increase, it will be necessary

    to shift resources away from institutional care (which lacks

    evidence of effectiveness) toward community alternatives.

    This will require a reduction in funds allocated to institu-

    tional care, where a significant portion of the child mental

    health money is still being spent. (Burns & Hoagwood 2002,

    p. 13)

    While reviews of residential care in both the UK
    (Sinclair 2006) and the USA (Whittaker 2006)
    confirm a move away from residential services,
    recent comparative international contributions have
    urged critical re-examination of the multiple varieties
    of residential service (Courtney & Ivaniec 2009) to
    meet the needs of at least some high-resource-
    using youth. In part, this sentiment reflects the fact
    that theory and model development, particularly in
    the arena of intensive residential services has lan-
    guished as development of comparable family-
    centred services has flourished. Some have urged the
    development of a conceptual schema for intensive
    services – e.g. the ‘prosthetic environment’ – which
    transects more traditional residential, family and
    community boundaries is strengths-oriented and
    incorporates educational, socialization and family
    support services along with intensive treatment
    (Whittaker 2005).

    In focusing here on a few programme models spe-
    cifically designed to serve as alternatives to residen-
    tial care and treatment, and other forms of intensive
    out-of-home service, one must acknowledge omis-
    sion of a great deal of promising, empirically based
    work that is presently being done with a wide range
    of family-, school- and community-centred interven-
    tions that is both more preventive in its focus and
    appropriate for a much wider population of children
    and families than space allows us to examine here.
    See, for example, Carolyn Webster Stratton’s Incred-
    ible Years Program (Beauchaine et al. 2005) and the
    work of many others whose contributions in such
    areas as family support illuminates a segment of ser-
    vices more preventive in focus (Kemp et al. 2005;
    Lightburn & Sessions 2006) and the contribution of
    Jackson et al. (2009).

    What, then, are the similarities and differences
    of these three promising interventions? A recent
    review (Burns & Hoagwood 2002) yields the
    following:
    1. All three interventions adhere to ‘systems of care’
    values: The ‘systems of care’ framework derives from
    both our National Institute of Mental Health and

    private foundation initiatives in the 1980s, and is
    defined as:

    A comprehensive spectrum of mental health and other neces-

    sary services which are organized into a coordinated network

    to meet the multiple and changing needs of children and

    adolescents with severe emotional disturbances and their

    families. (Stroul & Friedman 1986, p. xx)

    The system of care thus defined is based on three main ele-

    ments. First, the mental health service system efforts are

    driven by the needs and preferences of the child & family and

    are addressed by a strengths-based approach. Second, the

    locus and management of services occur within a multi-

    agency collaborative environment grounded in a strong com-

    munity base. Third, the services offered, the agencies

    participating and programs generated are responsive to cul-

    tural context and characteristics. [Though, as noted, this

    remains a contested area with respect to some communities of

    color.] (Burns & Hoagwood 2002, p. 19)

    2. All three interventions are delivered in a commu-
    nity – home, school, neighbourhood – context as
    opposed to an office
    3. All have operated in multiple service sectors:
    mental health, juvenile justice, child welfare
    4. All were developed and evaluated in ‘real world’
    community settings, thus enhancing external validity
    5. All show preference for the model treatment con-
    dition in multiple randomized controlled trials
    6. All lay claim to being less expensive to provide than
    institutional care (Burns & Hoagwood 2002, p. 7).

    Differences of course exist. For example, both MST
    and MTFC possess a higher degree of specificity with
    respect to intervention components than does wrap-
    around. As of this writing, MST has perhaps the
    strongest evidentiary base, particularly in clinical trials
    showing positive effects, though some recent reviews,
    including one by Prof. Julia Littell of Bryn Mawr
    University in Pennsylvania conducted for the Camp-
    bell Collaboration, have raised critical questions about
    the evidence base offered in support of MST (Littell
    2005, 2008). Finally, from a staffing perspective, MST
    appears to make higher use of master’s-level-trained
    professionals in service delivery than either MTFC or
    wraparound.

    To these three model programmes, we must of
    course add numerous other evidence-based treatment
    techniques targeted to specific conditions and prob-
    lems, as reflected in recent reviews by Kazdin and
    Weisz (2003), Weisz (2004) and Chorpita et al.
    (2007). These model intervention programmes do not
    of course exist in a vacuum, but both influence and are
    influenced by a host of other elements in a typical state
    or regional context in the USA.

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    170 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    P U B L I C , V O L U N TA R Y A N D P R O P R I E TA R Y
    S E R V I C E P R OV I D E R S

    Model programmes such as MST, MTFC and wrap-
    around are typically adopted by some segment of the
    mixed system of service agencies (Public/Voluntary/
    Proprietary) that make up the delivery system in a
    given state, county or municipality. Public service pro-
    viders are typically service funders as well, creating in
    the view of some voluntary agencies an unequal influ-
    ence in terms of what particular models are selected
    for adoption, as well as on the masking of true admin-
    istrative costs of programme implementation, given
    the public sector’s economies of scale and presumed
    ability to mask start-up costs. Given the wide varia-
    tions in state and county service systems within the
    USA, there are some anecdotal reports of the ten-
    dency of certain model programmes to bend and
    shape themselves into a widely varying array of
    funding arrangements (referred to as ‘pretzelling’) in
    order to gain a foothold and a leverage in a given
    public system (K. Blasé 2007, personal communica-
    tion) with the result that local service providers may
    be held to similar outcome and process standards
    while enjoying widely varying reimbursements to
    support their efforts.

    N AT I O N A L , R E G I O N A L A N D L O C A L
    R E S E A R C H C E N T E R S A N D R E S O U R C E
    N E T W O R K S

    In addition to evidence-based programme models
    that typically have their own internal capacity for pro-
    gramme development, marketing, training, evaluation
    and dissemination, a wide variety of university and
    institute-based resource networks and research centres
    play an increasingly important role in the promotion
    of evidence-based programmes and practices. For
    example, the National Implementation Research
    Network (NIRN) was begun at the University of South
    Florida as part of a larger effort to bring science-based
    information to the forefront of child mental health
    practice. Recently relocated to the University of
    North Carolina, NIRN has done significant work in
    documenting national, state and regional capacity to
    support model programme development, and has
    provided consultation to individual states and organi-
    zations on effective strategies for integrating evidence-
    based practices into the fabric of existing services
    (Fixsen et al. 2005). For more information, see: http://
    www.fpg.unc.edu/~NIRN/. The California Evidence-
    Based Clearinghouse for Child Welfare Practice is

    funded by the California Department of Social Ser-
    vices, Office of Child Abuse Prevention and guided by
    a state advisory committee and a National Scientific
    Panel. The Clearinghouse provides guidance on
    selected evidence-based practices in simple straightfor-
    ward formats, reducing the consumer’s need to
    conduct literature searches, review extensive literature
    or understand and critique research methodology
    (http://www.cachildwelfareclearinghouse.org/). The
    Clearinghouse has developed a six-tiered schema for
    sorting out promising programmes ranging from
    ‘Well-Supported – Effective Practice’ to ‘Concerning
    Practice’ (e.g. shows negative effects on clients and/or
    potential for harm).

    A legislatively generated state institute, the
    Washington State Institute on Public Policy (WSIP)
    was created by the Washington state legislature to
    conduct cost/benefit and a range of other studies on a
    variety of classes of intervention, including child
    welfare and early intervention (http://www.wsipp.
    wa.gov/board.asp). Its generally thorough and well-
    executed analyses have achieved wide dissemination
    beyond the region and are frequently cited by model
    programme developers as confirmation of their effec-
    tiveness. Methodological concerns have recently been
    raised about the general quality of intervention
    research reviews (Littell 2005, 2008), including those
    generated by WSIP, and within local practice commu-
    nities, one hears anecdotally some concerns about the
    potential for overly concrete inferences by legislative
    bodies and funding sources whose attention may
    extend only to the executive summary section of
    detailed reviews of model programmes and not to the
    caveats and nuances contained in their appendices
    and footnotes.

    Beyond these particular exemplars, there are a wide
    variety of government-, university- and institute-
    based research centres and clearinghouses devoted to
    the identification, review, evaluation and promotion
    of evidence-based practices. Such centres are not
    typically coordinated, resulting oftentimes in an over-
    load of information for busy practitioners desirous of
    identifying the most appropriate interventions for
    troubled youth and their families. The problem is
    intensified as estimates place the number of docu-
    mented treatments for children and adolescents in
    excess of 500 (Kazdin 2000). Here, the work of Dr
    Bruce Chorpita at the University of Hawaii offers at
    least a partial solution. For a number of years, Chor-
    pita’s research team has been refining a ‘common
    elements’ approach to identified evidence-based
    treatments and then matching these with identified

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    171 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    http://www.fpg.unc.edu/~NIRN

    http://www.fpg.unc.edu/~NIRN

    http://www.cachildwelfareclearinghouse.org

    http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/board.asp

    http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/board.asp

    problem clusters and characteristics of youth and
    families in service systems. The model’s particular
    focus on the practitioner’s adoption of discrete strat-
    egies, as opposed to whole-cloth approaches, is
    directly addressed to one of the major identified bar-
    riers to the implementation of evidence-based prac-
    tice: the resistance to treatment manuals (Chorpita
    et al. 2007). In a related area, the empirical research
    of Professor Charles Glisson of the University of Ten-
    nessee and colleagues sheds important light on the
    organizational factors that may impede or enhance
    the uptake of evidence-based practices in service set-
    tings: e.g. organizational structure, organizational
    culture and organizational climate (Glisson et al.
    2008).

    J U D I C I A L A N D L E G I S L AT I V E I N I T I AT I V E S

    Vocal community advocacy calling attention to service
    inadequacies and lacunae – for example, failure to
    meet the mental health needs of children in the state
    foster care system or excessive numbers of placement
    changes – frequently end up in the court system. The
    resultant settlements, or ‘consent decrees’, can exert
    considerable direct and indirect pressure on the
    service system to adopt particular models of evidence-
    based practice as a remedy to the perceived problem.
    In addition, within an individual state or jurisdiction,
    there are not infrequently legislative initiatives
    designed to promote certain evidence-based practices,
    as well as initiatives generated from within the public
    service agency itself. Taken together with the already
    identified promotional efforts of model programme
    developers, sometimes augmented by the largesse of
    voluntary foundations that seek to promote particular
    strategies for service improvement, the resulting pres-
    sure for individual practitioners and voluntary service
    agencies to follow certain prescribed pathways to
    practice can be intense.

    E V I D E N C E – B A S E D P R AC T I C E : M E E T I N G
    T H E C H A L L E N G E O F I M P L E M E N TAT I O N

    For each of the features of the evidence-based practice
    landscape – model programmes, public and voluntary
    service providers, individual youth and family practi-
    tioners, research centres and clearinghouses, legisla-
    tive and judicial bodies and client communities – there
    are challenges to achieving the generally agreed-upon
    goal of improving outcomes for high-resource-using
    youth and their families through the adoption of
    proven, efficacious practices. While these challenges

    vary depending on the point one occupies in the
    overall landscape of evidence-based practice, there
    appears to be a growing consensus in the USA for a
    far more intensive focus on what some have termed
    ‘implementation science’:

    . . . the scientific study of methods to promote the systematic

    uptake of clinical research findings and other evidence-based

    practices into routine practice. (Implementation Science: UK:

    on-line journal)

    Thus, while different in their focus: (1) the previ-
    ously cited efforts of NIRN to identify effective path-
    ways for the integration of evidence-based practices
    into existing service systems (Fixsen et al. 2005); (2)
    the plea from research scholars like Julia Littell (2008)
    and others to bring more rigour, precision and sys-
    tematization to the scientific review processes for
    evidence-based approaches; and (3) the numerous
    contributions of senior research analysts like John
    Weisz and others (Weisz & Gray 2008), directed
    towards identifying pathways for bringing practitio-
    ners and researchers into a closer working relation-
    ship, are best viewed as part of a unified effort. There
    is, I believe, a growing awareness that integration of
    proven efficacious practices in youth and family work
    will happen only when there is a fully functioning
    infrastructure to support desired changes and various
    individual actors see their ‘part’ in relational to the
    ‘whole’.

    Thus, for model programme developers, there is the
    critical task of identifying what are the active ingredi-
    ents in their interventions. What are the necessary and
    what are the sufficient components in a service unit of
    MST, MTFC or wraparound? Despite the fact that
    raising the question of ‘active ingredients’ leads one,
    ineluctably, to what noted child psychiatry researcher
    Peter Jensen calls ‘the soft underbelly’ of evidence-
    based treatment, it is an area of critical importance
    for future research (Jensen et al. 2005). The costing
    and ‘scaling-up’ implications alone of adding even a
    modest increment of evidence-based practice to exist-
    ing services warrants seeking answers to the question:
    ‘How much of what is enough’? There has been an
    understandable resistance on the part of many model
    programme developers to disaggregate their interven-
    tions for fear of compromising treatment integrity,
    and thus weakening outcomes. That said, it is heart-
    ening to note the flexibility of some models to cus-
    tomize their interventions to fit the needs of particular
    service populations and environmental niches. The
    previously cited modification of the MTFC pro-
    gramme reported elsewhere in this volume offers one

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    172 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    such excellent example (Price et al. 2009). We must
    find ways to hold model programme developers harm-
    less for their results if they are willing to experiment
    with modifications of their ‘packages of service’ to
    address particular needs.

    From the perspective of the individual service
    agency – whether it is a voluntary body, local authority
    or a large, public bureaucracy – a key question vis-à-
    vis the adoption of exemplary evidence-based pro-
    gramme models concerns the basic strategy for
    implementation: is it to be additive or integrative?

    The additive approach that appears to prevail in
    many sectors of service in the present US context
    means that service agencies adopt one model pro-
    gramme at a time, adhering strictly to the interven-
    tion, assessment, training and evaluation protocols of
    the developer. This is meant to insure model fidelity
    and programme (treatment) integrity and to prevent
    what has been called ‘program contamination’. The
    result, in the author’s view, can lead to an encapsula-
    tion of discrete programmes – each with its identified
    staff and protocols for assessment and intervention –
    within a single agency structure. This results in fewer
    opportunities for cross-fertilization (e.g. common, or
    cross-training) and is silent on the preferred order of
    implementation: e.g. does it make a difference which
    model is adopted first? Moreover, the administrative
    complexities involved in managing multiple discrete
    programmes in a single agency can be considerable,
    particularly in smaller units with limited supervisory
    resources.

    An alternate, or what might be termed an integra-
    tive approach, would seek to identify common ele-
    ments across successful model programmes and train
    towards those. The previously cited work of Chorpita
    et al. (2007) provides a potentially valuable founda-
    tion to such an approach. A slight variation on the
    integrative approach would be to identify a common
    platform of foundational knowledge and skill – e.g.
    around client engagement – or ‘therapeutic alliance’,
    the present legatee of the old concept of ‘relation-
    ship’ (Rauktis et al. 2005), and first establish that
    core competency with all staff before moving to
    incorporate the specific strategies and techniques
    contained within successful model programmes. At
    present, the enthusiasm for what might be called the
    ‘intervention-du-jour’ seems to suggest a continua-
    tion of the additive, seriatim, approach at the
    expense of the integrative.

    Behind the specific issue of the preferred method
    for adopting efficacious model interventions lies the
    broader question of the service agency’s capacity to

    integrate, utilize and generate practice-focused
    research. Weisz and others have proposed models for
    closer integration of research and practice (Hoagwood
    et al. 2002; Weisz & Gray 2008) within the service
    agency, but at the moment these are not widely in
    evidence. Whittaker et al. (2006) offer a five-stage
    model template for integrating evidence-based prac-
    tice in a child mental health agency, including logic
    modelling of existing programmes as a means of
    developing a common language of service, including
    implicit theories of change, selected evaluation activi-
    ties, strategic researcher–agency staff partnerships and
    benchmarking against practice models of national sig-
    nificance. A barrier to building research capacity in
    existing agencies is that present contracts are typically
    tied to designated services, not to building an infra-
    structure supportive of research.

    Challenges for the service agency include data
    management where the adoption of electronic records
    lags in certain sectors and where many agencies lack
    the capacity to systematically analyse routinely gath-
    ered data at either the case or the aggregate level. As
    noted, the proliferation of assessment and evaluation
    measures – often tied to specific programmes – adds
    complexity to the data management needs of the
    service agency. In the critical arena of supervision, the
    question arises of the adequacy of a single supervisor
    to provide oversight and support to a staff operating
    in widely disparate intervention models with their
    differing change theories, assessment protocols,
    outcome measures and time frames. In the related
    arena of training, similar problems can be found,
    including almost exclusive reliance on the use of
    external (and often expensive) consultants during
    the start-up phase of a model intervention with
    unclear plans for transition of oversight to internal
    agency staff. Moreover, the determinants for training
    foci in some agencies remain strongly with worker
    interests and are not necessarily related to client
    characteristics. Of particular concern among many
    smaller, voluntary service settings in the USA is the
    factor of agency history. Many such agencies were
    residential in their origins, typically following a
    pathway from orphanage to treatment setting. Thus,
    boards of governors and major donors may be more
    oriented to place-based services and ‘bricks &
    mortar’ than to community-based programme alter-
    natives. A quote from a senior head in one such
    agency captures the tension for those in leadership:
    ‘How do I insure that my program plan for the agency is
    in synchrony with my business plan?’ (K. Scott 2002,
    personal communication).

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    173 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    S U M M A R Y A N D TA K E – AWAY M E S S AG E S

    The growing corpus of research on evidence-based
    approaches to work with troubled youth and their
    families offers both hope and challenge. In the area of
    alternatives to residential services for high-resource-
    using youth, model programmes like MST, MTFC
    and wraparound appear to hold much promise, but
    their full-scale adoption into existing service systems
    will require addressing a series of complex implemen-
    tation challenges. Public sector children’s services
    often work with families who are challenging to
    engage and for whom permanency and continued
    child safety remain as core service objectives. The
    sensitive application of evidence-based programmes
    and practices into the real world of contemporary
    child and family practice must necessarily involve
    parents, social workers, model developers and
    researchers in bidirectional communication. All of
    these efforts will benefit greatly from sustained and
    multilevel cross-national collaboration. Of the several
    US originated programme models identified in this
    brief review, virtually all are intruding to some degree
    on the work-plans of service planners, evaluation
    researchers, supervisors and practitioners in Europe,
    Australia and elsewhere. Similarly, interventions or
    intervention components as varied as ‘Patch’ (geo-
    graphically centred, generalist services) (Adams &
    Krauth 1995) and ‘Family Group Conferencing’
    (Pennell & Anderson 2005) have come to the USA
    from the UK, New Zealand and elsewhere in recent
    years. Since all of these ‘imports’ will likely undergo
    modification and appear again as ‘exports’, it behoves
    staff at all of the above levels to carefully track how
    these novel interventions are being incorporated into
    widely differing political, geographic, cultural and
    organizational contexts. Fortunately, the wide avail-
    ability of instantaneous, direct, point-to-point elec-
    tronic communication and the increasing prominence
    of cross-national journals, networks and conferences
    make such communication more possible than ever.
    From a research perspective, the widely varying envi-
    ronments into which model programmes are being
    introduced hold the distinct possibility for compara-
    tive research, including natural experiments.

    For youth and family practitioners, service agencies
    and researchers and policy-makers, some concrete
    take-aways include:
    1. For practitioners

    • Challenge the ‘conventional wisdom’ of practice
    wherever it resides – including in your own per-
    sonal theories of change: for example, ‘insight is a

    requisite for behaviour change’; ‘longer service
    produces better outcomes’.
    • Seek out and read one up-to-date review of inter-
    ventions most relevant to the children and youth
    you presently work with. Discuss what you have
    garnered with peers.

    2. For researchers
    • Focus on application to real-world practice in
    your dissemination efforts: for example, ‘What are
    the top five practice implications of your latest
    study and where might these most usefully be dis-
    seminated?’
    • Seek practice-partners for agency-centred
    research projects specifically focused on issues of
    implementation of evidence-based practices.

    3. For child and family service agencies
    • Discover first what is working within the agency
    and build on that as a foundation before purchas-
    ing ‘off-the-shelf ’ models.
    • Develop an internal capacity to systematically
    analyse routinely gathered data at the case level
    and aggregate level and ‘mine’ this information to
    inform practice.

    4. For the service system/policy level
    • Here, and speaking from a parochial perspective,
    with all of our resources in the USA, we are sorely
    in need of a new structure or body within a state or
    authority that ‘connects-the-dots’ between relevant
    service policy, research and practice in support of
    enhancing the implementation of evidence-based
    practices to improve outcomes. While the title and
    organizational form for such a body proves elusive
    – clearinghouse? executive steering committee for
    evidence-based programme improvement? – its key
    function should be to focus laser-like attention on
    the question of what is most important in
    evidence-based practice implementation in a state,
    local authority or region: What do we need to learn
    over the next 12 months? How will we learn it?
    How will we decide ‘what-trumps-what’: Cost?
    Urgent service need? Level of evidence? Cultural
    relevancy? Organizational compatibility? Special
    opportunity to experiment with proven efficacious
    model programmes? While the fruits of such a new
    body would be experienced locally, one hopes that
    its field of vision and, eventually, its impact would
    extend cross-nationally.

    In sum, evidence-based practice has added greatly to
    the ‘tool kit’ of social services in the identification of
    proven efficacious models of intensive intervention
    such as those referenced earlier in this paper.That said,
    the task of scaling-up these exemplars is proving to be

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    174 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    complex and challenging, and will require both
    focused attention on the multiple contextual elements
    that impede and enhance the adoption of evidence-
    based alternatives, as well as a critical re-examination
    of existing biases – for example, the current and often
    reflexive negative attitudes towards residential provi-
    sion in any form – that underlay current services plan-
    ning. Both of these conversations will be greatly
    enhanced by multilevel, sustained and data-oriented
    cross-national collaboration among practitioners,
    service planners and researchers. Fortunately, through
    technological innovations such as electronic commu-
    nication, the means for such collaboration are close at
    hand. High-resource-using youth and their families
    presently in, or at risk of entering the intensive services
    system, will be the ultimate beneficiaries of our efforts.

    R E F E R E N C E S

    Adams, P. & Krauth, K. (1995) Working with families and com-

    munities: the patch approach. In: Reinventing Human Services:

    Community and Family Centered Practice (eds P. Adams & K.

    Nelson), pp. 87–109. Transaction-Aldine Publishers, Piscat-

    away, NJ.

    Barbarin, O., McCandies, T., Coleman, C. & Atkinson, T. (2004)

    Ethnicity and culture. In: Intervention with Children and Fami-

    lies: An Interdisciplinary Perspective (eds P. Allen-Meares &

    M.W. Fraser), pp. 27–54. Pearson,

    Boston, MA.

    Beauchaine, T.P., Webster-Stratton, C. & Reid, M.J. (2005)

    Mediators, moderators and predictors of one-year outcomes

    among children treated for early onset conduct problems: a

    latent growth curve analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical

    Psychology, 73, 371–388.
    Biehal, N. (2008) Preventive services for adolescents: exploring

    the process of change. British Journal of Social Work, 38, 444–
    461.

    Blasé, K.A. & Fixsen, D.L. (2003) Evidence-based programs and

    cultural competence (20pp). Available from Tampa, FL: Univer-

    sity of South Florida, Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health

    Institute, The National Implementation Research Network.

    Bullock, R., Courtney, M., Parker, R., Sinclair, I. & Thoburn, J.

    (2006) Can the Corporate State Parent. Children and Youth

    Services Review, 28, 1344–1358.
    Burchard, J.D., Bruns, E.J. & Burchard, M.I. (2002) The wrap-

    around approach. In: Community Treatment for Youth: Evidence-

    based Interventions for Severe Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

    (eds B.J. Burns & K. Hoagwood), pp. 69–91. Oxford Univer-

    sity Press,

    New York.

    Burns, B.J. & Goldman, S.K. (1999) Promising practices in wrap-

    around for children with serious emotional disturbance and their

    families. Systems of Care: Promising Practices in Children’s

    Mental Health, 1998 series, Volume IV. Washington, DC:

    Center for Effective Collaboration and Practice, American

    Institutes for Research.

    Burns, B.J. & Hoagwood, K. (eds) (2002) Community Treatment

    for Youth: Evidence-based Interventions for Severe Emotional and

    Behavioral Disorders. Oxford University

    Press, New York.

    Chamberlain, P. (2002) Treatment foster care. In: Community

    Treatment forYouth: Evidence-based Interventions for Severe Emo-

    tional and Behavioral Disorders (eds K. Hoagwood & B.J.

    Burns), pp. 117–139. Oxford University Press, New York.

    Chamberlain, P. (2003) Treating Juvenile Offenders: Advances

    Made through the Oregon Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care

    model. American Psychological Association, Washington, DC.

    Chamberlain, P. & Reid, J.B. (1998) Comparison of two com-

    munity alternatives to incarceration for chronic juvenile

    offenders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66,
    624–633.

    Chorpita, B.F., Becker, K. & Daleiden, E.L. (2007) Understand-

    ing the common elements of evidence-based practice: miscon-

    ceptions and clinical examples. Journal of the American

    Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 46, 647–652.
    Courtney, M.E. & Ivaniec, D. (eds) (2009) Residential Care of

    Children: Comparative Perspectives. Oxford University Press,

    New York and Oxford.

    Egelund, T. & Lausten, M. (2009) Prevalence of mental health

    problems among children placed in out-of-home care in

    Denmark. Child & Family Social Work, 14, 156–165.
    Fixsen, D.L., Naoom, S.F., Blasé, K.A., Friedman, R.M. &

    Wallace, F. (2005) Implementation Research: A Synthesis of the

    Literature. University of South Florida, Louis de la Parte

    Florida Mental Health Institute, Tampa, FL. The National

    Implementation Research Network (FMHI Publication

    #231). For more information, Available at: http://www.

    fpg.unc.edu/~NIRN/ (accessed 18 February 2009).

    Ghate, D. & Hazel, N. (2002) Parenting in Poor Environments:

    Stress, Support & Coping. Jessica Kingsley Pub

    lishers,

    London.

    Ghate, D., Hauari, H., Hollingworth, K. & Lindfield, S. (2008)

    Key Elements of Effective Practice in Parenting Support in theYouth

    Justice Context: Source Document. Youth Justice Board, London.

    Glisson, C., Landsverk, J., Schoenwald, S.K., Kelleher, K.,

    Hoagwood, K.E., Mayberg, S. et al. (2008) Assessing the

    organizational social context (OSC) of mental health services

    for implementation research and practice. Administration and

    Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research,

    35, 98–113.
    Henggeler, S.W. & Lee, T. (2003) Multisystemic treatment of

    serious clinical problems. In: Evidence-based Psychotherapies for

    Children and Adolescents (eds A.E. Kazdin & J.R. Weisz), pp.

    301–322. The Guilford Press, New York.

    Henggeler, S.W., Schoenwald, S.K., Borduin, C.M., Rowland,

    M.D. & Cunningham, P.B. (1998) Multisystemic Treatment of

    Antisocial Behavior in Children and Adolescents. Guilford Press,

    New York.

    Hoagwood, K., Burns, B.J. & Weisz, J.R. (2002) A profitable

    conjunction: from science to service in children’s mental

    health. In: Community Treatment for Youth: Evidence-based

    Interventions for Severe Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (eds

    B.J. Burns & K. Hoagwood), pp. 327–339. Oxford University

    Press, New York.
    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    175 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    http://www

    Jackson, A., Frederico, M., Tanti, C. & Black, C. (2009) Explor-

    ing outcomes in a therapeutic service response to the emo-

    tional and mental health needs of children who have

    experienced abuse and neglect in Victoria, Australia. Child &

    Family Social Work, 14, 198–212.
    Jensen, P.J., Weersing, R., Hoagwood, K.E. & Goldman, E.

    (2005) What is the Evidence for Evidence-Based Treatments?

    A hard look at our soft underbelly. Mental Health Services

    Research, 7, 53–74.
    Kazdin, A.E. (2000) Psychotherapy for Children and Adolescents:

    Directions for Research and Practice. Oxford University Press,

    Oxford and New York.

    Kazdin, A.E. & Weisz, J.R. (2003) Evidence-based psychotherapies

    for children and adolescents. The Guilford Press, New York.

    Kemp, S.P., Whittaker, J.K. & Tracy, E.M. (1997) Person-

    environment Practice:The Social Ecology of Interpersonal Practice.

    Transaction-Aldine Publishers,

    Piscataway, NJ.

    Kemp, S.P., Allan-Eckard, K., Ackroyd, A., Becker, M.F. &

    Burke, T.K. (2005) Community family support meetings: con-

    necting families, public child welfare and community

    resources. In: Child Welfare for the 21’st Century: A Handbook of

    Practice (eds G.P. Mallon & P.M. Hess), pp. 102–117. Colum-

    bia University Press, New York.

    Lau, A.S. (2006) Making the case for selected and directed

    cultural adaptations of evidence-based treatments: examples

    from parent training. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice,

    13, 295–310.
    Lightburn, A. & Sessions, P. (eds) (2006) Handbook of

    Community-Based Clinical Practice. Oxford University Press,

    Oxford and New York.

    Littell, J.H. (2005) Lessons from a systematic review of effects of

    multisystemic therapy. Children and Youth Services Review, 27,
    445–463.

    Littell, J.H. (2008) Evidence-based or biased? The quality of

    published reviews of evidence-based practices. Children and

    Youth Services Review, 30, 1299–1317.
    McAuley, C. & Davis, T. (2009) Emotional well-being and

    mental health of looked after children in the UK. Child &

    Family Social Work, 14, 147–155.
    McAuley, C., Pecora, P.J. & Rose, W. (eds) (2006) Enhancing the

    Well-being of Children and Families through Effective Interven-

    tions: International Evidence for Practice. Jessica Kingsley Pub-

    lishers, London.

    Macdonald, G. (2001) Effective Interventions for Child Abuse and

    Neglect. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., New York.

    Miranda, J., Guillermo, B., Lau, A., Kohn, L., Wei-Chin, H. &

    LaFromboise, T. (2005) State of the science on psychosocial

    interventions for ethnic minorities. Annual Review of Clinical

    Psychology, 1, 113–142.
    Munro, E., Stein, M. & Ward, H. (2005) Comparing how dif-

    ferent social, political and legal frameworks support or inhibit

    transitions from public care to independence in Europe, Israel,

    Canada and the United States. International Journal of Child

    and Family Welfare, 8, 197–198.
    Pecora, P.J., White, C.R., Jackson, L.J. & Wiggins, T. (2009a)

    Mental health of current and former recipients of foster care:

    a review of recent studies in the USA. Child & Family Social

    Work, 14, 132–146.
    Pecora, P.J., Whittaker, J.K., Maluccio, A.N., Barth, R.P. &

    DePanfilis, D. (2009b) The ChildWelfare Challenge: Policy, Prac-

    tice and Research, 3rd edn. Transaction-Aldine Publishers,

    Piscataway, NJ.

    Pennell, J. & Anderson, G.R. (2005) Widening the Circle: The

    Practice and Evaluation of Family Group Conferencing with Chil-

    dren,Youths and Their Families. NASW Press, Washington, DC.

    Price, J.M., Chamberlain, P., Landsverk, J. & Reid, J. (2009)

    KEEP foster parent training intervention: model description

    and effectiveness. Child & Family Social Work, 14, 233–242.
    Rauktis, M.E., De Andrade, V., Doucette, A.R., McDonough,

    A. L. & Reinhart, S. (2005) Treatment foster care and rela-

    tionships: understanding the role of therapeutic alliance

    between youth and treatment parent. International Journal of

    Child & Family Welfare, 8, 146–163.
    Sameroff, A.J. & Gutman, L.M. (2004) Contributions of risk

    research to the design of successful interventions. In: Interven-

    tion with Children and Families: An Interdisciplinary Perspective

    (eds P. Allen-Meares & M.W. Fraser), pp. 9–27. Pearson,

    Boston, MA.

    Schoenwald, S.K. & Rowland, M.D.v2002) Multisystemic

    therapy. In: Community Treatment forYouth: Evidence-based Inter-

    ventions for Severe Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (eds B.J.

    Burns & K. Hoagwood), pp. 91–116. Oxford University Press,

    New York.

    Schorr, L.B. (1993) Effective Strategies for Increasing Social

    Program Replication/Adaptation. Seminar on Effective Strategies

    For Increasing Social Program Replication/Adaptation. National

    Association of Social Workers, Washington, DC.

    Sinclair, I. (2006) Residential care in the UK. In: Enhancing the

    Well-being of Children and Families through Effective Interven-

    tions: International Evidence for Practice (eds C. McAuley, P.J.

    Pecora & W. Rose), pp. 203–216. Jessica Kingsley Publishers,

    London.

    Stroul, B.A. & Friedman, R.M. (1986) A System of Care for

    Severely Emotionally Disturbed Children & Youth. CASSP Tech-

    nical Assistance Center, Georgetown University, Child Devel-

    opment Center, Washington, DC.

    Thoburn, J. (2007) Globalization and Child Welfare: Some Lessons

    from Cross-national Study of Children in Out-of-Home Care.

    Social Work Monographs, University of East Anglia, Norwich,

    England.

    US Department of Health and Human Services (1999) Mental

    Health: A Report of the Surgeon GENERAL. US Department of

    Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental

    Health Services Administration, National Institutes of Health,

    National Institute of Mental Health, Rockville, MD.

    Weisz, J.R. (2004) Psychotherapy for Children and Adolescents:

    Evidence-based Treatments and Case Examples. Cambridge

    University Press, Cambridge.

    Weisz, J.R. & Gray, S. (2008) Evidence-based psychotherapy

    for children and adolescents: data from the present and a

    model for the future. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 13,
    54–65.

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    176 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    Whittaker, J.K. (2005) Creating ‘prosthetic environments’ for

    vulnerable children: emergent cross-national challenges for

    traditional child & family services practice. In: In the Best

    Interests of Children and Youth: International Perspectives (eds H.

    Grietens, W. Hellinckx & L. Vandemeulebroecke), pp. 99–119.

    Leuven University Press, Leuven.

    Whittaker, J.K. (2006) Residential care in the US. In: Enhancing

    the Well-being of Children and Families through Effective Interven-

    tions: International Evidence for Practice (eds C. McAuley, P.J.

    Pecora & W. Rose), pp. 217–227. Jessica Kingsley Publishers,

    London.

    Whittaker, J.K. & Maluccio, A.N. (2002) Re-thinking ‘child

    placement’: a reflective essay. Social Service Review, 76, 108–
    134.

    Whittaker, J.K., Greene, K., Schubert, D., Blum, R., Cheng, K.,

    Blum, K. et al. (2006) Integrating evidence-based practice in

    the voluntary child mental health agency: a template for clini-

    cal and organizational change. American Journal of Orthopsy-

    chiatry, 76, 194–201.

    Evidence-based intervention for high-risk youth J K Whittaker

    177 Child and Family Social Work 2009, 14, pp 166–177 © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd

    What Will You Get?

    We provide professional writing services to help you score straight A’s by submitting custom written assignments that mirror your guidelines.

    Premium Quality

    Get result-oriented writing and never worry about grades anymore. We follow the highest quality standards to make sure that you get perfect assignments.

    Experienced Writers

    Our writers have experience in dealing with papers of every educational level. You can surely rely on the expertise of our qualified professionals.

    On-Time Delivery

    Your deadline is our threshold for success and we take it very seriously. We make sure you receive your papers before your predefined time.

    24/7 Customer Support

    Someone from our customer support team is always here to respond to your questions. So, hit us up if you have got any ambiguity or concern.

    Complete Confidentiality

    Sit back and relax while we help you out with writing your papers. We have an ultimate policy for keeping your personal and order-related details a secret.

    Authentic Sources

    We assure you that your document will be thoroughly checked for plagiarism and grammatical errors as we use highly authentic and licit sources.

    Moneyback Guarantee

    Still reluctant about placing an order? Our 100% Moneyback Guarantee backs you up on rare occasions where you aren’t satisfied with the writing.

    Order Tracking

    You don’t have to wait for an update for hours; you can track the progress of your order any time you want. We share the status after each step.

    image

    Areas of Expertise

    Although you can leverage our expertise for any writing task, we have a knack for creating flawless papers for the following document types.

    Areas of Expertise

    Although you can leverage our expertise for any writing task, we have a knack for creating flawless papers for the following document types.

    image

    Trusted Partner of 9650+ Students for Writing

    From brainstorming your paper's outline to perfecting its grammar, we perform every step carefully to make your paper worthy of A grade.

    Preferred Writer

    Hire your preferred writer anytime. Simply specify if you want your preferred expert to write your paper and we’ll make that happen.

    Grammar Check Report

    Get an elaborate and authentic grammar check report with your work to have the grammar goodness sealed in your document.

    One Page Summary

    You can purchase this feature if you want our writers to sum up your paper in the form of a concise and well-articulated summary.

    Plagiarism Report

    You don’t have to worry about plagiarism anymore. Get a plagiarism report to certify the uniqueness of your work.

    Free Features $66FREE

    • Most Qualified Writer $10FREE
    • Plagiarism Scan Report $10FREE
    • Unlimited Revisions $08FREE
    • Paper Formatting $05FREE
    • Cover Page $05FREE
    • Referencing & Bibliography $10FREE
    • Dedicated User Area $08FREE
    • 24/7 Order Tracking $05FREE
    • Periodic Email Alerts $05FREE
    image

    Our Services

    Join us for the best experience while seeking writing assistance in your college life. A good grade is all you need to boost up your academic excellence and we are all about it.

    • On-time Delivery
    • 24/7 Order Tracking
    • Access to Authentic Sources
    Academic Writing

    We create perfect papers according to the guidelines.

    Professional Editing

    We seamlessly edit out errors from your papers.

    Thorough Proofreading

    We thoroughly read your final draft to identify errors.

    image

    Delegate Your Challenging Writing Tasks to Experienced Professionals

    Work with ultimate peace of mind because we ensure that your academic work is our responsibility and your grades are a top concern for us!

    Check Out Our Sample Work

    Dedication. Quality. Commitment. Punctuality

    Categories
    All samples
    Essay (any type)
    Essay (any type)
    The Value of a Nursing Degree
    Undergrad. (yrs 3-4)
    Nursing
    2
    View this sample

    It May Not Be Much, but It’s Honest Work!

    Here is what we have achieved so far. These numbers are evidence that we go the extra mile to make your college journey successful.

    0+

    Happy Clients

    0+

    Words Written This Week

    0+

    Ongoing Orders

    0%

    Customer Satisfaction Rate
    image

    Process as Fine as Brewed Coffee

    We have the most intuitive and minimalistic process so that you can easily place an order. Just follow a few steps to unlock success.

    See How We Helped 9000+ Students Achieve Success

    image

    We Analyze Your Problem and Offer Customized Writing

    We understand your guidelines first before delivering any writing service. You can discuss your writing needs and we will have them evaluated by our dedicated team.

    • Clear elicitation of your requirements.
    • Customized writing as per your needs.

    We Mirror Your Guidelines to Deliver Quality Services

    We write your papers in a standardized way. We complete your work in such a way that it turns out to be a perfect description of your guidelines.

    • Proactive analysis of your writing.
    • Active communication to understand requirements.
    image
    image

    We Handle Your Writing Tasks to Ensure Excellent Grades

    We promise you excellent grades and academic excellence that you always longed for. Our writers stay in touch with you via email.

    • Thorough research and analysis for every order.
    • Deliverance of reliable writing service to improve your grades.
    Place an Order Start Chat Now
    image

    Order your essay today and save 30% with the discount code Happy